View metadata, citation and similar papers at core.ac.uk brought to you by CORE

provided by Publikationsserver der RWTH Aachen University

Hamiltonicity of maximal planar graphs and planar triangulations

Von der Fakult¨at fur¨ Mathematik, Informatik und Naturwissenschaften der Rheinisch-Westf¨alischen Technischen Hochschule Aachen zur Erlangung des akademischen Grades eines Doktors der Naturwissenschaften genehmigte Dissertation

vorgelegt von

Diplom-Mathematiker Guido Helden

aus Aachen

Berichter: Professor Dr. Yubao Guo Universit¨atsprofessor Dr. Dr. h.c. Hubertus Th. Jongen

Tag der mundlic¨ hen Prufung:¨ 26.06.2007

Diese Dissertation ist auf den Internetseiten der Hochschulbibliothek online verfugbar.¨

Preface

One of the typical topics in is the study of planar graphs. Planar graphs arise quite naturally in real-world applications, such as road or railway maps and chemical molecules. The cartographers of the past were aware of the fact that any map on the plane could be colored with four or fewer colors so that no adjacent countries were colored alike. It was the Four Color Problem which stimulated interest in hamiltonian planar graphs. A graph is said to be hamiltonian if it has a that contains all vertices exactly once. If a is hamiltonian, then it is easy to color its faces with four or fewer colors so that no two adjacent faces are colored alike. Moreover, planar graphs play an important role as some practical problems can be efficiently solved for planar graphs even if they are intractable for general graphs.

The study of planar graphs was initiated by L. Euler in the 18th century. It was sub- sequently neglected for 180 years and only came to life again with Kuratowski’s theorem, which provides a criterion for a graph to be planar. At the same time, one of the most outstanding results for maximal planar graphs was proved by H. Whitney. A maximal planar graph is a planar graph having the property that no additional edges can be added so that the resulting graph is still planar. In 1931 H. Whitney [55] proved that each maximal planar graph without separating triangles is hamiltonian; a separating triangle is a triangle whose removal separates the graph. In particular, all 4–connected maximal planar graphs are hamiltonian.

Another connection of maximal planar graphs and the Four Color Problem is the following. In 1884 P.G. Tait [49] conjectured that every cubic, 3–connected and planar graph is hamiltonian. Note that the of a cubic, 3–connected and planar graph is a maximal planar graph. The Conjecture of Tait became more important, in the sense that its correctness would imply the positive correctness of the Four Color Problem. Un- fortunately, the latter conjecture is wrong, as shown by W.T. Tutte in 1946. Therefore, the Four Color Problem is true if and only if every hamiltonian planar graph is 4–colorable.

In 1956 W.T. Tutte [53] generalized Whitney’s result and proved that each 4–connected planar graph is hamiltonian. In 1990 M.B. Dillencourt [24] generalized Whitney’s result in a different direction, namely to graphs called NST–triangulations. M.B. Dillencourt

i ii defined NST–triangulations to be those planar graphs that are triangulations in the sense that every face, perhaps except for the exterior face, is a triangle but that there is no separating triangle. In the class of the 3–connected maximal planar graphs numerous ex- amples which are non-hamiltonian were found. In 2003 C. Chen [17] obtained a stronger version of Whitney’s result and he proved that any maximal planar graph with only one separating triangle is hamiltonian. An interesting problem with respect to the class of the 3–connected maximal planar graphs is the following: What is the maximal number α, so that every maximal planar graph with at most α separating triangles is hamiltonian?

In this thesis we will extend the results of C. Chen and M.B. Dillencourt in various ways. We will mainly study the existence of hamiltonian cycles and hamiltonian paths in maximal planar graphs and planar triangulations. We will prove that each maximal planar graph with at most five separating triangles is hamiltonian. In the case of more separating triangles, we will introduce a special structure of the position of the separating triangles to each other. The latter structure will also generate hamiltonicity.

Chapter 1 will be devoted to an introduction of the terminology and the basic concepts of planar graphs and maximal planar graphs. We will introduce one of the most powerful tools in the theory of planar graphs, namely Euler’s formula. This concept will be the corner-stone of many results of us.

In Chapter 2 we will study some fundamentals of maximal planar graphs. The first section will be concerned with the generation of some classes of maximal planar graphs. There are two main reasons why this generation will be of interest: On the one hand, this will provide a basis for inductive proof; and on the other hand, this can be used to develop efficient algorithms for the constructive enumeration of the structures. In the second section we will focus on the structures of some classes of maximal planar graphs. Moreover, we will study the subgraphs of a maximal planar graph G induced by vertices of G with the same . In the last section we will turn towards the connectivity of maximal planar graphs.

The most interesting problem regarding hamiltonian maximal planar graphs will be investigated in Chapter 3. In the first section we will extend the result of Chen [17]. We will prove that each maximal planar graph with at most five separating triangles is hamiltonian. We will give a counterexample for the case of six separating triangles. In the case of more separating triangles, we will establish a special structure of the position of the separating triangles to each other, which will also generate hamiltonicity. In the second section we will deal with hamiltonian paths. Since maximal planar graphs with more than five separating triangles need not be hamiltonian, we will show that maximal planar graphs with exactly six separating triangles have at least one hamiltonian . It would be nice to have a theorem that says: “A graph G is non-hamiltonian if G has iii property ‘Q’, where ‘Q’ can be checked in polynomial time”. This motivates the con- cept of 1–toughness, which is introduced in the fourth section. In the fifth section we will construct specific maximal planar graphs. We will show that for all n ≥ 13 and k ≥ 6, there exist a hamiltonian as well as a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with n vertices and k separating triangles. In the sixth section we will study the number of cycles of certain length that a maximal planar graph G on n vertices may have. In the seventh section we will consider pancyclicity rather than hamiltonicity. In fact, we will determine whether a maximal planar graph G contains a cycle of each possible length l with 3 ≤ l ≤ n. In the eighth section we will deal with the question: How many vertices of a hamiltonian maximal planar graph can be deleted, so that the remaining graph is still hamiltonian?

In Chapter 4 we will turn to general planar triangulations. Clearly, each maximal pla- nar graph is a planar triangulation. In the first section we will consider some properties of planar triangulations. The second section of this chapter deals with general results on 2–connected planar triangulation. In the third section we will see that the deletion of vertices of a hamiltonian maximal planar graph leads to some interesting results in the class of 3–connected planar triangulations. In the last section we will concentrate on 4–connected planar triangulation.

In Chapter 5 we will consider some applications of hamiltonian maximal planar graphs and planar triangulations. In the first section of this chapter we will turn towards algo- rithms, which will be useful for applications. In the second section we will show that the dual graph of a maximal planar graph is of interest for applications. In the third section we will deal with some applications of hamiltonian maximal planar graphs and planar triangulations in computer graphics. In the last section we will focus on applications in chemistry.

I am particularly indebted to my advisor, Prof. Dr. Y. Guo, for introducing me to graph theory and for giving me the opportunity to conduct my doctorial studies under his supervision. I also would like to express my deep gratitude to Prof. Dr. Dr. h.c. H. Th. Jongen for acting as co-referee and for his support during the last few years. Many thanks also to my colleague Jinfeng Feng for stimulating discussions and excellent teamwork.

Finally, I would like to express my appreciation for my wife and two children, who allowed me take the time to write this thesis.

Contents

1 Introduction 1 1.1 Terminology and notation ...... 1 1.2 Subject ...... 3 2 Fundamentals of maximal planar graphs 5 2.1 Generating maximal planar graphs ...... 5 2.2 Properties of maximal planar graphs ...... 8 2.2.1 Properties of MPG-3 graphs ...... 10 2.2.2 Properties of MPG-4 graphs ...... 12 2.2.3 Properties of MPG-5 graphs ...... 16 2.3 Connectivity of maximal planar graphs ...... 17 3 Hamiltonicity of maximal planar graphs 21 3.1 Hamiltonian cycle ...... 21 3.2 Hamiltonian path ...... 39 3.3 Length of a hamiltonian walk ...... 40 3.4 Tough graphs ...... 41 3.5 Construction of maximal planar graphs ...... 42 3.6 Number of cycles of certain length ...... 50 3.6.1 Number of short cycles ...... 50 3.6.2 Number of longer cycles ...... 51 3.6.3 Number of hamiltonian cycles ...... 51 3.7 Pancyclic maximal planar graph ...... 55 3.8 Deletion of vertices ...... 57 3.9 Claw-free maximal planar graph ...... 65 4 Hamiltonicity of planar triangulations 69 4.1 Properties of planar triangulations ...... 69 4.2 2–connected planar triangulations ...... 71 4.3 3–connected planar triangulations ...... 73 4.4 4–connected planar triangulations ...... 77 5 Applications of PT and MPG 79 5.1 Algorithms ...... 79 5.2 Dual graphs of maximal planar graphs ...... 85 5.3 Applications in computer graphics ...... 87 5.3.1 Interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulations of polygons . . . . . 90 5.3.2 Interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulations of point sets . . . . 92 5.3.3 Sequential planar triangulation ...... 92 5.3.4 Graham triangulation ...... 93 5.3.5 Hamiltonian cycles in 3–dimensional polygons ...... 94 5.4 Applications in Chemistry ...... 95 Bibliography 97

v

Chapter 1

Introduction

In this chapter we present the basic notation and terminology of graph theory which will be used throughout this thesis. Before discussing results related to maximal planar graphs in more detail in the second section, we will briefly explain the basic definitions and concepts in the first section. The notation mainly follows that of L. Volkmann [54] as well as G. Chartrand and L. Lesniak [16] and we refer the reader to these books for any information not provided here. Special notation and definitions will be defined where needed.

1.1 Terminology and notation

General concepts

If not stated otherwise, the term graph will be used throughout the thesis to represent a finite, simple and undirected graph. We denote the set of a graph G with V (G) and the edge set with E(G). The cardinalities of these sets will be the order n(G) and the size m(G) of G, respectively. If two vertices u, v ∈ V (G) are connected with an edge, we simply write uv ∈ E(G) and say that u and v are adjacent. An edge e = uv is called incident with both end-vertices u and v. Two distinct edges with a common end-vertex are called adjacent edges.

A cycle with the vertices x1, x2, ..., xk and the edges x1x2, x2x3, ..., xkx1 is called a k- cycle and is denoted by x1x2...xkx1. A path from x to y is called a P (x, y) path.

The neighborhood NG(v) of a vertex v is defined as NG(v) = {u ∈ V (G) | uv ∈ E(G)}. The degree dG(v) of a vertex v is defined as the number of edges incident with v. If dG(v) = 0, we call v an isolated vertex. The minimum degree δ(G) and the maximum degree ∆(G) of a graph G are the minimum and maximum over all vertex-degrees in G, respectively. τi(G) of a graph G denotes the number of all vertices with degree i. If δ(G) = ∆(G) = d, we call the graph G d–regular. A 3– G is also called cubic.

A graph H is a subgraph of a graph G if V (H) ⊆ V (G) and E(H) ⊆ E(G). The subgraph H is called induced if E(H) = {uv ∈ E(G) | u, v ∈ V (H)}. For a vertex subset

1 2 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

S ⊆ V (G), G [S] is the subgraph of G induced by S. The deletion of a vertex x in G, in symbols G − x, denotes the induced subgraph G [V (G) \ {x}]. The deletion of a set of vertices S is defined as G − S = G [V (G) \ S]. Let u and v be two vertices of G. If uv ∈ E(G), then G + uv = G; otherwise G + uv denotes the graph obtained from G by adding the edge uv.

A graph G is homomorphic to a graph H if a mapping g : V (G) → V (H) exists, which is called homomorphism, so that g preserves adjacency. That is, xy ∈ E(G) if and only if g(x)g(y) ∈ E(H). If g is a one-to-one mapping, g is called isomorphism and we call the two graphs G and H isomorphic, in symbols G ∼= H.

Connectivity

A vertex x is said to be connected to a vertex y in a graph G if there exists a path between these two vertices in G. A graph G is called connected if it contains a path between any two vertices. All vertices which are connected to each other induce a com- ponent, and κ(G) denotes the number of components of G. Note that if κ(G) = 1, then G is connected. A k–cut of a graph G is a set S of k vertices of a graph G so that G − S is not connected. Note that a k–cut is also called a separating set of k vertices. The connectivity σ(G) of a graph G is the size of a smallest k–cut of G if G is not complete, and σ(G) = n − 1 if G = Kn for any positive integer n. Hence σ(G) is the minimum number of vertices whose removal results in a disconnected or a trivial graph. A graph G is said to be k–connected, k ≥ 1 if σ(G) ≥ k. In general, G is k–connected if and only if the removal of fewer than k vertices results in neither a disconnected nor a trivial graph.

Planar graphs

A graph G is said to be embeddable on a surface S if it can be drawn on S in a way that no two edges intersect geometrically except at a vertex, at which they are both in- cident. In this thesis we are concerned exclusively with the case in which S is a plane or sphere. A graph G is called planar if it can be embedded in the plane. Note embed- ding a graph in the plane is equivalent to embedding it on the sphere. A planar graph divides the plane into regions, which are called faces. The cardinality of the set of all faces is denoted by l(G). The unbounded region is called exterior face, the other faces are called interior faces. In a 2–connected planar graph G, the exterior cycle is the cycle bounding the exterior face and will be denoted by XG. Cycles bounding an interior face are called facial cycles. An edge is called a boundary edge of a graph G if it is on the exterior cycle; otherwise it is an interior edge. A vertex is called a boundary vertex of a graph G if it is on the exterior cycle. A vertex that is not a boundary vertex is called an interior vertex. A chord is an interior edge whose end vertices are both boundary vertices.

A planar graph G is called maximal planar if for every pair u, v of non-adjacent ver- tices of G the graph G + uv is non-planar. Thus in any embedding of a maximal planar graph G with |V (G)| ≥ 3 vertices, the boundary of every face is a triangle. 1.2. SUBJECT 3

A planar graph is called planar triangulation if the boundary of every face is a triangle, except possibly the exterior face. A graph G is called triangulated if every cycle of G with length greater than three has a chord.

A separating k–cycle is a k–cycle so that both the interior as well as the exterior con- tain one or more vertices. A separating 3–cycle is called a separating triangle. Therefore, a separating triangle does not form the boundary of a face.

For a given connected planar graph G we define the dual graph G∗ as follows: All faces of G constitute the vertex set of G∗. Two distinct vertices of G∗ are joined by an edge if the corresponding faces in G have a common edge as a border. Each edge of G∗ is drawn so that it crosses its associated edge of G but no other edge of G or G∗.

Hamiltonicity

A cycle of a graph G is called a hamiltonian cycle if it contains all vertices of G. A graph G is defined to be hamiltonian if it has a hamiltonian cycle. Similarly a hamilto- nian path is a path of a graph G which contains all vertices of G.

An embedding of a maximal planar graph G is called hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G if for any two boundary edges of G, the graph G has a hamiltonian cycle passing through these two edges. A maximal planar graph G is called hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G if for each embedding of G, the graph G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G.

1.2 Subject

One of the main topics in graph theory is the concept of planarity. In the 18th century, Euler made one of the first discoveries in this field, the well known “Polyederformel”.

Theorem 1.1 (Euler [27]) Let G be a planar graph on n vertices and m edges. Then

l(G) = 1 + µ(G) = 1 + m(G) − n(G) + κ(G).

Since planar triangulations are always connected, we can use the following observation.

Observation 1.2 Let G be a connected planar graph on n vertices and m edges. Then

l(G) = 2 + m(G) − n(G).

According to Theorem 1.1 of Euler, each embedding of a planar graph has the same number of faces.

It was Kuratowski [38] who gave a characterization of planar graphs in terms of for- bidden homeomorphic subgraphs. We say a graph H is homeomorphic from G if either H is isomorphic to G or H is isomorphic to a graph obtained by subdividing any sequence 4 CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION of edges of G. Note that by subdivision of an edge e = xy of a non-empty graph G, we mean that the edge xy is removed from the graph and a new vertex w is inserted instead, along with the edges wx and wy. We say G is homeomorphic with H if both G and H are homeomorphic from a graph F . Theorem 1.3 (Kuratowski [38]) A graph is planar if and only if it possesses no subgraph homeomorphic with either K5 or K3,3. Now we will study some elementary properties of maximal planar graphs. Theorem 1.4 (Chartrand and Lesniak [16]) Let G be a maximal planar graph on n ≥ 3 vertices and m edges. Then 2 l(G) = m(G) and m(G) = 3n(G) − 6. 3 This result provides the next corollary for planar triangulations, in order to answer the following question: How many edges has a planar triangulation? Corollary 1.5 Let G be a planar triangulation on n ≥ 3 vertices and m edges. Then 2n(G) − 3 ≤ m(G) ≤ 3n(G) − 6. In the inequality of the left side the equality holds if every vertex of G is on the exterior face. Moreover, Theorem 1.4 yields the following observation. Observation 1.6 Let G be a maximal planar graph on n ≥ 3 vertices. Then l(G) = 2n(G) − 4. Thus we obtain a necessary condition for a planar graph to be maximal planar. If a planar graph G has an odd number of faces, then G is not maximal planar. Another important consequence of Theorem 1.1 of Euler is the following corollary. Corollary 1.7 Let G be a maximal planar graph on n ≥ 4 vertices. Then

3τ3 + 2τ4 + τ5 = (7 − 6)τ7 + (8 − 6)τ8 + ... + (∆(G) − 6)τ∆(G) + 12. The latter corollary leads to an immediate but important consequence. Corollary 1.8 Every planar graph G contains a vertex of degree at most 5, that is, δ(G) ≤ 5. An interesting feature of maximal planar graphs on n ≥ 4 vertices is the fact that the minimum degree is at least 3. Together with the previous corollary we obtain δ(G) ∈ {3, 4, 5} in a maximal planar graph G of order at least four. This leads to a very interesting observation. Observation 1.9 Let G be a planar graph. Then G is at most 5–connected. While considering the stereographic projection, Chiba and Nishizeki showed the fol- lowing lemma, which will be used in some proofs in Chapter 3. Lemma 1.10 (Chiba and Nishizeki [18]) Let G be a planar graph. Then G can always be embedded in the plane so that a given face of G becomes the exterior face. Consider the stereographic projection and rotate the sphere so that the north pole is in that face. Chapter 2

Fundamentals of maximal planar graphs

2.1 Generating maximal planar graphs

In this section we deal with the generation of some classes of maximal planar graphs, which will provide a basis for inductive proofs.

An inductive class I is defined by giving:

• initial specifications which define the class A of initial elements – the basis of I.

• generating specifications which define the class R of rules (modes) of combination, any such rule applied to an appropriate sequence of elements, already in A, produces an element of A.

The inductive class I = Cn(A; R) consists exactly of the elements which can be ob- tained (constructed) from the basis by a finite number of applications of the generating rules.

There are two main reasons why methods to construct an infinite class from a finite set of starting graphs are of interest. On the one hand, this provides a basis for inductive proof; and on the other hand, this can be used to develop efficient algorithms for the constructive enumeration of the structures.

In the following inductive definitions, the starting graphs and rules should be under- stood as embedded on a surface. The small black triangles attached to the vertices in the description of the rule denote any number (zero or more) of edges. The condition ≤ 2 means that there can be no more than two edges on that side. The condition 1, 2 means there should be one or two edges on that side, see Figure 2.2. In the following we shall use the half-edges to indicate that there must be an edge.

Definition 2.1 The set of all maximal planar graphs with minimum degree i is called MPG-i; and we denote the subset of MPG-i with n vertices by MPGn-i.

5 6 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

In 1967 Bowen and Fisk [12] presented an inductive definition of the class of all max- imal planar graphs.

Theorem 2.2 (Bowen and Fisk [12]) The inductive class Cn(S; A), see Figure 2.1, is equal to the class of all maximal planar graphs.

Simplex (S)

A ≤ 2

Figure 2.1: Bowen and Fisk’s operations.

In 1989 Batagelj [8] implemented a similar inductive procedure to generate the class of all maximal planar graphs without vertices of degree three.

Theorem 2.3 (Batagelj [8]) The inductive class Cn(O; B, C), see Figure 2.2, is equal to the class of all maximal planar graphs without vertices of degree three.

We need the following definition, in order to get a better formulation of the following result.

Definition 2.4 A graph is called cyclically k-edge-connected if at least k edges must be deleted to disconnect a component so that every remaining component contains a cycle.

Barnette [9] and Butler [14] independently described a method for constructing all planar cyclically 5-edge-connected cubic graphs. In the language of the dual graph this class is the set of all 5–connected maximal planar graphs. We call such maximal planar graphs 5–connected MPG-5 graphs. 2.1. GENERATING MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 7

Octrahedron (O)

B

1, 2

C

Figure 2.2: Batagelj’s operations. 8 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Note that a maximal planar graph with minimum degree five is always a 3–connected MPG-5 graph, a 4–connected MPG-5 graph if there are no separating triangles and a 5–connected MPG-5 graph if there are no separating triangles or separating 4–cycles.

Barnette and Butler’s method starts with the icosahedron graph and uses the opera- tions called D, E and F given in Figure 2.3. Since both proved an inductive definition of planar cyclically 5-edge-connected cubic graphs, the operations depictured here are just the dual forms of the operations used by Barnette and Butler.

Theorem 2.5 (Barnette [9] and Butler [14]) The inductive class Cn(I; D, E, F), see Fig- ure 2.3, is equal to the class of all 5–connected maximal planar graphs with minimum degree five.

Batagelj [6] described a method for constructing all 3–connected MPG-5 graphs. He uses the operations D and E also used by Barnette and Butler, and in addition, a switching operation G. This operation assumes that the top and bottom vertices do not share an edge.

Theorem 2.6 (Batagelj [6]) The inductive class Cn(I; D, E, G), see Figure 2.4, is equal to the class of all 3–connected maximal planar graphs with minimum degree five.

We denote an operation G such that the central edge does not belong to a separating triangle after the operation by an operation G3. Brinkmann and McKay [13] described a method for constructing all 4–connected MPG-5 graphs.

Theorem 2.7 (Brinkmann and McKay [13]) The inductive class Cn(I; D, E, G3) is equal to the class of all 4–connected maximal planar graphs with minimum degree five.

An important subclass of all 5–connected MPG-5 graphs, with many practical appli- cations, are those with maximum degree 6, best known via their dual graphs, the fullerene graphs, see Chapter 5.

2.2 Properties of maximal planar graphs

In this section we analyse the structure of some classes of maximal planar graphs. More- over, we study the subgraphs of G induced by vertices of G with the same degree.

Definition 2.8 Let G = (V, E) be a graph.

Di = {x ∈ V |d(x) = i} denotes the vertex set of G with degree i. 2.2. PROPERTIES OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 9

Icosahedron (I)

D E

F

Figure 2.3: Barnette and Buttler’s operations.

G

Figure 2.4: Switching operation. 10 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

2.2.1 Properties of MPG-3 graphs We start with the following observation.

Observation 2.9 If G = (V, E) is an arbitrary maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 3, then G has the K4 as a subgraph.

Proof. Each MPG-3 graph has a vertex e of degree 3. Let the vertices a, b and c be the neighbors of e, see Figure 2.5. Then a, b and c are pairwise adjacent, since G is maximal planar. If not, then e has a further neighbor, which yields a contradiction to d(e) = 3.

c c

e e

b a b a

Figure 2.5: Each MPG-3 graph has a subgraph isomorphic to K4.

This observation has an easy corollary.

Corollary 2.10 If G = (V, E) is a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 3 and n ≥ 5, then G has at least one separating triangle.

Now we study the subgraph of G induced by vertices of G with degree three.

Theorem 2.11 Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 3. All compo- nents of the subgraph G [D3] belong to one of the following kind of graphs:

• K4 if n = 4, • trivial graph if n ≥ 5.

Proof. Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 3. Assume x and y are two adjacent vertices with degree 3. Let the vertices a, b be the neighbors of x, and let the vertices c, d be the neighbors of y, see Figure 2.6. If the vertices a and c are distinct, then either x or y is adjacent to another vertex, since all faces of G are triangles, then the degree of this vertex is greater than three. Therefore, the vertices a and c are equal. We call this vertex e. With the same argumentation as above we show that the vertices b and d are equal. We call this vertex f. 2.2. PROPERTIES OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 11

a c e

x y x y

b d f

Figure 2.6: The subgraph D3.

Case 1: Let n = 4. Since G is maximal planar, the vertices e and f are adjacent. Therefore, G [D3] = K4.

Case 2: Let n ≥ 5. Since G is maximal planar, there exists a vertex which is adjacent to x or y. This leads to a contradiction to the assumption. Thus all components of the subgraph G [D3] are isolated vertices.

This theorem and the following trivial observation lead to a very useful corollary.

Observation 2.12 If G = (V, E) is a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 3 and n = 5, then τ3 = 2 and G has one separating triangle.

This is the only case in which there are more vertices of degree three than separating triangles. Therefore, the following result holds.

Corollary 2.13 If G = (V, E) is a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 3 and n ≥ 6, then the neighbors of every vertex of degree 3 induce a separating triangle.

Remark. For this reason the number of vertices with degree three, τ3, is a lower bound of the number of separating triangles if n ≥ 6.

The number of vertices with degree three has still another important property. It supplies a necessary condition of whether a graph is hamiltonian.

Theorem 2.14 Let G = (V, E) be an arbitrary maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 3 and n ≥ 13. If 2τ3 > n, then G is non-hamiltonian.

Proof. Assume G is hamiltonian. Let C be a hamiltonian cycle of G and x be a vertex of degree 3. Let the vertices a and b be the neighbors of x on the hamiltonian cycle C. If we replace the edges ax and xb by the edge ab, then we obtain a hamiltonian cycle C 0 in the maximal planar graph G − x. If we delete all vertices of degree 3 in this way, we 12 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

c

D x b a

Figure 2.7: 2τ3 ≥ n. obtain a maximal planar graph G − D3. For two distinct vertices of degree 3 one obtains different edges. After construction the hamiltonian cycle of G − D3 has at least τ3 edges. G − D3 consists of n − τ3 vertices. Therefore, τ3 ≤ n − τ3, i.e. 2τ3 ≤ n. Thus we get a contradiction to the hypothesis.

2.2.2 Properties of MPG-4 graphs While considering MPG-4 graphs we must distinguish two different classes of MPG-4 graphs, those which are 3–connected and those which are 4–connected, see Section 2.3. Inspired by Observation 2.9, we now present a degree condition for maximal planar graphs with δ(G) = 4. Theorem 2.15 (Helden [35]) If G = (V, E) is an arbitrary maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4, then there is no vertex of degree four with dG[D4](x) = 3.

Proof. Assume that there is a vertex a with degree four and dG[D4](a) = 3. This vertex is adjacent to three vertices with degree four, we call them b, c and d, as well as to one vertex with degree ≥ 5. We call this vertex z. Since G is maximal planar, all faces of the graph G are triangles. Because of that, the edge which is incident to z and a belongs to two triangles, to which the vertices a and z belong as well. The vertex a has degree four, thus it can be connected with no further edge. From this it follows that the vertex z is adjacent to b and d. The same argument holds for the edges ad and ab. This means the vertex d is adjacent to the vertex c and the vertex b is adjacent to the vertex c. Moreover, a vertex y with dG(y) ≥ 4 exists and y is adjacent to the vertex d. The vertex d can be connected with no further vertex, because dG(d) = 4. Thus y is adjacent to z, as well as y is adjacent to c. Since dG(c) = 4 and y is adjacent to the vertex c, it follows that y is adjacent to the vertex b, because the graph G is maximal planar. Since dG(z) ≥ 5, a vertex x exists with dG(x) ≥ 4. The vertex x is adjacent to the vertex b because the graph G is maximal planar. Thus we get a contradiction to dG(b) = 4 and the proof is complete.

Studying the subgraph G [D4], we obtained the following result. 2.2. PROPERTIES OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 13

Theorem 2.16 (Helden [35]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. If there exists a vertex x in the subgraph G [D4] with dG[D4](x) = 4, then ∆(G) = 4 and n(G) = 6.

Proof. We prove this theorem by using Theorem 2.15 and using the attribute that the graph G is maximal planar. We build the graph around the vertex x. Since dG[D4](x) = 4, the vertex x is adjacent to four vertices with degree four. We call these four vertices a, b, c and d. As the graph G is maximal planar we obtain that the vertex a is adjacent to the vertices b and d. With the same argument we get that the vertex c is adjacent to the vertices d and b. Assume the vertex a is adjacent to the vertex c, then the vertex d cannot be adjacent to b. Thus we have dG[D4](a) = dG[D4](b) = dG[D4](c) = dG[D4](d) = 3. This is not possible because of Theorem 2.15. Therefore, all vertices must have degree four in the subgraph G [D4]. Thus there must be another vertex e with degree four. Now we have obtained all six vertices with degree four. An extension is not possible.

The graph constructed in the proof of Theorem 2.16 is denoted by MPG6-4, see Figure 2.8.

Figure 2.8: An MPG6-4 graph.

Next we will determine the structure of components of the subgraph G [D4].

Theorem 2.17 (Helden [35]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. All components of the subgraph G [D4] belong to the following types of graphs: • trivial graph,

• cycle Cp with p ≥ 5 with p ∈ IN, • path of length q with q ∈ IN,

• MPG6-4 graph.

Proof. The vertices in the subgraph G [D4] have maximal degree four. Because of Theo- rem 2.15 we know there is no vertex with degree three in the subgraph G [D4]. Therefore, the vertices in the subgraph G [D4] only have the degrees 0, 1, 2, or 4. If dG[D4](v) = 4 for 14 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

one vertex v, Theorem 2.16 supplies an MPG6-4 graph as a component and κ(G [D4]) = 1. If the vertices in the subgraph G [D4] have the degrees 0, 1 or 2 only the trivial graph, a path of length q with q ∈ IN or a cycle Cp with p ≥ 5 can occur as a component.

The next lemma provides properties which will be needed later.

Lemma 2.18 (Helden [35]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. If one component K of the subgraph G [D4] consists of a path of length q with q ∈ IN, then |NG(K)| = 4 and for all x ∈ NG(K) is d(x) ≥ 5.

Proof. A path of length q with q ∈ IN consists of q − 1 vertices with degree two in the subgraph G [D4] and two vertices with degree one in the subgraph G [D4]. The vertex x1 with dG[D4](x1) = 1 is adjacent to three vertices with degree at least five, we call this three vertices a, b and c, and x1 is adjacent to one vertex with degree four, we call this vertex x2. As the graph G is maximal planar, we get that the vertex c is adjacent to the vertices a and b and with the same argument we obtain that the vertex x2 is adjacent to the vertices a and b. If q ≥ 2 there exist q − 1 more vertices xi with degree four which are adjacent to xi−1, a and b, see Figure 2.9. The last vertex with degree four, we will call xq+1, satisfies dG[D4](xq+1) = 1. The vertex xq+1 is also adjacent to a and b. Now we have to prove that cxq+1 ∈/ E(G). Assume cxq+1 ∈ E(G).

Case 1: Let q ≤ 3. This yields a contradiction to dG(a) ≥ 5, dG(b) ≥ 5 or dG(c) ≥ 5.

Case 2: Let q ≥ 4. This yields a contradiction to c ∈/ G [D4]. This completes the proof of the lemma.

a

c x1 x2 xq xq+1

b Figure 2.9: Proof of Lemma 2.18

In analogy to Lemma 2.18 we can prove the next corollary.

Corollary 2.19 Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. If one component K of the subgraph G [D4] consists of one cycle Cp with p ≥ 5 with p ∈ IN, then |NG(K)| = 2 and d(x) ≥ 5 for all x ∈ NG(K). 2.2. PROPERTIES OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 15

Since the neighborhood of a cycle component consists of only two vertices, adding one more vertex to the graph provides that the degree of at least one vertex of the cycle component increases to at least five. Hence, we get a path component. This means if one component of the subgraph G [D4] consists of one cycle, then no other component can exist. This yields the next easy corollary.

Corollary 2.20 (Helden [35]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. If one component of the subgraph G [D4] consists of one cycle Cp with p ≥ 5 with p ∈ IN, then κ(G [D4]) = 1.

The next lemma provides properties which will be needed later.

Lemma 2.21 (Helden [35]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. If the subgraph G [D4] consists of one cycle Cp with p ≥ 5 with p ∈ IN, then G contains exactly two vertices with degree at least five.

Proof. Let G [D4] consists of one cycle Cp with p ≥ 5 with p ∈ IN. We call the vertices of the cycle x1, x2, ..., xp. Since dG(xi) = 4 for all i = 1, 2, ..., p there exist at least two vertices a and b. Because the graph G is maximal planar, one vertex lies inside the cycle and one vertex lies outside the cycle. Furthermore both vertices a and b are adjacent to all vertices x1, x2, ..., xp. Because dG(xi) = 4 for all i = 1, 2, ..., p and the graph G is maximal planar, there exists no further vertex.

Now we consider the trivial components.

Corollary 2.22 (Helden [35]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. If one component K1 of the subgraph G [D4] consists of one vertex x, then |NG(x)| = 4 and d(y) ≥ 5 for all y ∈ NG(K1).

Now we consider 3–connected MPG-4 graphs. This means there exists at least one separating triangle. In 1978 Hakimi and Schmeichel showed the following result for the vertices with degree four in the interior of a separating triangle.

Theorem 2.23 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [30]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. Suppose G contains a separating triangle induced by the set of vertices X = {x1, x2, x3}. Consider any planar embedding of G, and let Dini denote the vertices of degree i occurring in the interior of the triangle X in this embedding.

a) If |Din4| = 0, then |Din5| ≥ 7.

b) If |Din4| = 1, then |Din5| ≥ 5.

c) If |Din4| = 2, then |Din5| ≥ 3.

The octahedron, see Figure 2.2, yields the following observation. 16 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Observation 2.24 Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. Suppose G contains a separating triangle induced by the set of vertices X = {x1, x2, x3}. Consider any planar embedding of G, and let Dini denote the vertices of degree i occurring in the interior of the triangle X in this embedding.

If |Din4| = 3, then |Din5| ≥ 0.

Thus the previous results show that the number of vertices with degree 5 occurring in the interior of a separating triangle X depends on the number of vertices with degree 4 occurring in the interior of the same triangle X.

2.2.3 Properties of MPG-5 graphs In 1983 Batagelj showed that there is only one 5–regular maximal planar graph.

Theorem 2.25 (Batagelj [6]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 5. If G = G [D5] with ∆(G) = 5, then this graph is unique up to isomorphism. We call this graph icosahedron or MPG12-5, see Figure 2.3.

Since maximal planar graphs with δ(G) = 5 and ∆(G) = 6 play a decisive role in their applications, we will show the next result. Rolland-Balzon [44] proved this result.

Theorem 2.26 (Rolland-Balzon [44]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 5 and with 14 vertices. If ∆(G) = 6, then this graph is unique up to isomorphism. We call this graph MPG14-5, see Figure 2.10.

Note that a maximal planar graph with minimum degree five is always a 3–connected MPG-5 graph, a 4–connected MPG-5 graph if there are no separating triangles and a 5–connected MPG-5 graph if there are no separating triangles or separating 4–cycles. Inspired by Theorem 2.23 we present a related condition for maximal planar graphs with δ(G) = 5.

Theorem 2.27 Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 5. Suppose G contains a separating 4–cycle induced by the set of vertices X = {x1, x2, x3, x4}. Then in any planar embedding of G, the interior and exterior of X must each contain at least seven vertices of degree at least five.

Proof. Let I(X) denote the set of vertices inside of the 4-cycle X. Let dI(X)(xi) denote the number of vertices in I(X) to which xi is adjacent, for i = 1, 2, 3, 4. Clearly dI(X)(xi) > 0 for each i, since G is maximal planar and I(X) =6 ∅. We can show that dI(X)(xi) ≥ 2 for every i, with dI(X)(xi) ≥ 3 for some i. That is

4 d (x ) ≥ 9. (2.1) X I(X) i i=1 2.3. CONNECTIVITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 17

Figure 2.10: A maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 5 and ∆(G) = 6.

Let G0 denote the planar graph induced by X ∪ I(X). Since one more edge can be added to G0 to obtain a maximal planar graph, it follows from Theorem 1.1 of Euler and Equation 2.1 that d(v) ≤ 6|I(X)| − 7. X v∈I(X) The desired result for the interior follows directly from this last inequality. As X is the vertex set of an arbitrary separating 4–cycle, the result holds also for the exterior of X.

2.3 Connectivity of maximal planar graphs

In this section we turn towards the connectivity of maximal planar graphs. Note that there is only one 2–connected maximal planar graph on three vertices, see Figure 2.11. As from now we consider only maximal planar graphs on n ≥ 4 vertices. First we will consider the connectivity of maximal planar graphs with minimum degree three.

Theorem 2.28 Let G be a maximal planar graph with minimum degree three. Then G is 3–connected.

Proof. Since G is maximal planar the boundary of every face is a 3–cycle. Therefore, G is at least 2–connected. G is at most 3–connected, since the minimum degree is three. 18 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Figure 2.11: A 2–connected maximal planar graph with three vertices.

Assume G is not 3–connected. There exists a separating 2–cut with vertices u, v ∈ V (G). If uv ∈ E(G), then N(u) ∩ N(v) =6 ∅. Hence, G − {u, v} is connected. If uv ∈/ E(G), then N(u) ∩ N(v) =6 ∅ or N(u) ∩ N(v) = ∅ but in both cases we get G − {u, v} is connected.

We proceed in proving the connectivity of maximal planar graphs with minimum degree four. Theorem 2.29 Let G be a maximal planar graph with minimum degree four. Then G is either 4–connected or G has a separating triangle. Proof. Since G is a maximal planar graph the boundary of every face is a 3–cycle. There- fore, G is at least 2–connected. G is at most 4–connected, since the minimum degree is four. Assume there exists a separating 2–cut with vertices u, v ∈ V (G). If uv ∈ E(G), then N(u)∩N(v) =6 ∅. Hence, G−{u, v} is connected. If uv ∈/ E(G), then N(u)∩N(v) =6 ∅ or N(u) ∩ N(v) = ∅ but in both cases we get G − {u, v} is connected. Therefore, if G has no separating triangle and no separating 4–cycle then G is 5–connected. If G is not 5–connected, then there exists a separating triangle or a separating 4–cycle.

This theorem has an easy corollary. Corollary 2.30 Let G be a maximal planar graph with minimum degree four and without a separating triangle. Then G is 4–connected. Note that for a maximal planar graph, 3–cuts correspond to separating triangles, while 4–cuts correspond to separating 4–cycles. Theorem 2.31 Let G be a maximal planar graph with minimum degree five. Then G is either 5–connected or G has a separating triangle or a separating 4–cycle. Proof. Since G is a maximal planar graph the boundary of every face is a 3–cycle. Therefore, G is at least 2–connected. G is at most 5–connected, since the minimum degree is five. Assume there exists a separating 2–cut with vertices u, v ∈ V (G). If uv ∈ E(G), then N(u) ∩ N(v) =6 ∅. Hence, G − {u, v} is connected. If uv ∈/ E(G), then N(u) ∩ N(v) =6 ∅ or N(u) ∩ N(v) = ∅ but in both cases we get G − {u, v} is connected. Therefore, if G has no separating triangle then G is 4–connected. If G is not 4–connected, then there exists a separating triangle. 2.3. CONNECTIVITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 19

This theorem yields the following two corollaries.

Corollary 2.32 Let G be a maximal planar graph with minimum degree five and without a separating triangle. Then G is 4–connected.

Corollary 2.33 Let G be a maximal planar graph with minimum degree five and without a separating triangle and without a separating 4–cycle. Then G is 5–connected.

Now consider a maximal planar graph with vertex degrees d1 ≥ d2 ≥ ... ≥ dn. Re- member τi(G) denotes the number of all vertices with degree i. Our purpose is to give sufficient conditions on d1 ≥ d2 ≥ ... ≥ dn for G to be dn–connected. If dn = 3, G will always be dn–connected. Hence, we assume that 4 ≤ dn ≤ 5. In 1978 Hakimi and Schmeichel proved the following result.

Theorem 2.34 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [30]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with vertex degrees d1 ≥ d2 ≥ ... ≥ dn, with dn ≥ 4. If 7 τ (G) + τ (G) < 14, j4 4 k 5 then G is dn–connected.

One of the most elementary properties that a graph can have is that of being connected. This is a global property in the sense that it is defined in terms of all pairs of vertices in the graph. Now we will present a result which uses the property of being connected in a localized sense.

Definition 2.35 A graph G is called locally k–connected with k ∈ IN if for each vertex v, the subgraph induced by N(v) is k–connected.

We obtain the following lemma.

Lemma 2.36 Each maximal planar graph G = (V, E) with |V | ≥ 4 is locally 2–connected.

Proof. Let G be a maximal planar graph and v ∈ V (G) a vertex of G. The subgraph induced by N(v) is a cycle with or without chords and thus 2–connected.

Thus we get the next corollary.

Corollary 2.37 If v is a vertex of a locally 2–connected planar graph, then v belongs to exactly d(v) triangles.

It is well known that every 6–connected graph is non-planar, while there are 5– connected graphs which are planar. For local connectedness, however, the situation is quite different.

Lemma 2.38 Every locally 3–connected graph G is non-planar. 20 CHAPTER 2. FUNDAMENTALS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Proof. Let G be locally 3–connected and v be a vertex of G. We consider two cases.

Case 1: N(v) is complete. Since N(v) is 3–connected for each v ∈ V (G), N(v) contains the K4 as a subgraph. In G, the vertex v is adjacent to all vertices of K4 so that G contains the K5 as a subgraph, and by Kuratowski’s Theorem 1.3, G is non-planar.

Case 2: N(v) is not complete. Therefore, there exist two non-adjacent vertices u and w and three disjoint P (u, w) paths, each of which has length at least two. In G, the vertex v is adjacent to the interior vertices of these three paths. Thus G contains a subgraph homeomorphic with K3,3 and by Kuratowski’s Theorem 1.3, G is non-planar. Chapter 3

Hamiltonicity of maximal planar graphs

The hamiltonian problem; determining when a graph G contains a cycle, which contains all vertices of G exactly once, has been fundamental in graph theory. Named after Sir , this problem has its origins in the 1850s. It was the Four Color Problem which stimulated interest in hamiltonian planar graphs; if a planar is hamiltonian then it is easy to color its faces by four colors in such a way that adjacent faces always receive distinct colors.

3.1 Hamiltonian cycle

It is well known that the problem of recognizing hamiltonian graphs is NP-complete. The problem does not get any easier when the input is restricted to 3–connected planar graphs, as proved by M. R. Garey, D. S. Johanson and R. E. Tarjan [29]. In 1980 T. Akiyama, T. Nishizeki and T. Saito [1] modified the argument to show that the problem remains NP- complete even if the input is restricted to cubic bipartite planar graphs. In particular, V. Chv´atal and A. Wigderson showed independently that the problem of determining whether a maximal planar graph is hamiltonian is NP-complete, see V. Chv´atal [20]. However, H. Whitney proved that any maximal planar graph without separating triangles is hamiltonian. Since Whitney’s result plays a decisive role, we state this result first. For Whitney’s Theorem, we need the following definition and the next lemma. H. Whitney introduced the following condition.

Definition 3.1 Let G be a planar triangulation, let R be the exterior face of G, and let a and b be two vertices on R. We say that (G, R, a, b) satisfies Whitney’s Condition (Condition (W) for short) if (G, R, a, b) satisfies Condition (W1) and (W2) described below. We say that (G, R, a, b) satisfies Condition (W1) if G has no separating triangles. We say that (G, R, a, b) satisfies Condition (W2) if either (G, R, a, b) satisfies Condition (W2a) R is divided into two paths, a0a1...am is the path from a to b and b0b1...bn is the path from b to a (a0 = bn = a, b0 = am = b), and there is no chord of the form aiaj or bibj, see Figure 3.1, or

21 22 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Condition (W2b) R is divided into three paths, a0a1...am is the path from a to b, b0b1...bn is the path from b to c and c0c1...ck is the path from c to a (a0 = ck = a, b0 = am = b, c0 = bn = c) for some vertex c on R distinct from a and b and there is no chord of the form aiaj, bibj or cicj, see Figure 3.1.

In 1931 H. Whitney proved the following.

Lemma 3.2 (Whitney [55]) Let G be a planar triangulation, let R be the exterior face of G, and let a and b be two vertices on R. If (G, R, a, b) satisfies Condition (W), then G has a hamiltonian path from a to b.

a a1 a a1

b4 a2 c2 a2

b3 b c1 b

b2 b1 c b1 (W2a) (W2b) Figure 3.1: An illustration of conditions (W2a) and (W2b).

Theorem 3.3 (Whitney [55]) Let G be a maximal planar graph without separating tri- angles. Then G is hamiltonian.

Tutte [53] generalized Whitney’s result.

Theorem 3.4 (Tutte [53]) Let G be a 4–connected planar graph. Then G is hamiltonian.

He proved this by showing that every planar graph has a special kind of path. This will be called a Tutte path, and is a generalization of a hamiltonian path. It is convenient to consider only 2–connected graphs.

Definition 3.5 For a subgraph H of a graph G, a trivial bridge and a non-trivial bridge of H in G are defined as follows: A trivial bridge of H in G is an edge in E(G) \ E(H) with both ends in V (H). A non-trivial bridge of H in G is a component K of G − V (H) together with all vertices of H adjacent to vertices of K and all edges with one end in H and the other in K. The vertices of attachment of a bridge B of H in G are V (B)∩V (H). A bridge is attached to its vertices of attachment. A path (cycle) P , as a subgraph of a planar graph G, is a Tutte path (cycle) if and only if each bridge of P has at most three vertices of attachment and each bridge containing an edge of XG has at most two vertices of attachment. 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 23

Lemma 3.6 (Tutte [53]) Let G be a 2–connected planar graph. Let x, y and α be two vertices and an edge, respectively, of XG. Then G has a Tutte path P from x to y containing α.

Tutte’s Theorem follows by choosing x and y to be adjacent. In 1983, C. Thomassen [51] improved the result of W. T. Tutte by removing the restriction on the location of y.

Lemma 3.7 (Thomassen [51]) Let G be a 2–connected planar graph. Let x and α be a vertex and an edge, respectively, of XG and let y be any vertex of G distinct from x. Then G has a Tutte path P from x to y containing α.

For a proof of Lemma 3.7 see [18]. Note that a Tutte path in a 4–connected graph is also a hamiltonian path. This provides the next corollary.

Corollary 3.8 (Thomassen [51]) Every 4–connected planar graph has a hamiltonian cycle through any edge of G.

Moreover, Lemma 3.7 allows a more generalized result. Therefore, we need the next definition.

Definition 3.9 A graph G is called hamiltonian–connected if it contains a hamiltonian path between any two prescribed vertices.

It is well known that hamiltonian–connectedness implies hamiltonicity. Thus the fol- lowing corollary that follows from Lemma 3.7 is a generalization of Tutte’s result.

Corollary 3.10 (Thomassen [51]) Let G be a 4–connected planar graph. Then G is hamiltonian–connected.

D. P. Sanders [45] improved the result of C. Thomassen by removing the restriction on the location of x. He proved the following variation of Tutte’s Lemma 3.6.

Theorem 3.11 (Sanders [45]) Let G be a 2–connected planar graph. Let α be an edge of XG, and let x and y be arbitrary distinct vertices of G. Then G has a Tutte path P from x to y containing α.

The previous theorem leads to the next corollary that improves the result of C. Thomassen.

Corollary 3.12 (Sanders [45]) Let G be a 4–connected planar graph. Let α be an edge of XG, and let x and y be arbitrary distinct vertices of G. Then G has a hamiltonian path P from x to y containing α.

Note that Tutte’s Theorem shows that a 4–connected planar graph has a hamiltonian cycle and while Thomassen’s result shows that a 4–connected planar graph has a hamil- tonian cycle through any edge, this corollary shows that a 4–connected planar graph has a hamiltonian cycle through any two edges. 24 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Corollary 3.13 (Sanders [45]) Every 4–connected planar graph has a hamiltonian cycle through any two of its edges.

In 2003 C. Chen [17] generalized Whitney’s result in a different direction, he proved the following variation of Whitney’s lemma.

Lemma 3.14 (Chen [17]) Let G be a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, let R be the exterior face of G, and let a, b and c be the three vertices on R. Then G has a hamiltonian path from a to b starting from the edge ac.

From the Lemma above, C. Chen obtained a stronger version of Whitney’s Theorem.

Theorem 3.15 (Chen [17]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with only one separating triangle. Then G is hamiltonian.

While trying to answer the question of what makes a maximal planar graph with separating triangles non-hamiltonian, C. Chen introduced the definition of hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. From Lemma 3.14 above, C. Chen obtained a stronger version of Whitney’s Theorem.

Theorem 3.16 (Chen [17]) Let G be a maximal planar graph without separating triangles. Then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges.

With the following theorem we extend Theorem 3.16 to exactly one separating triangle.

Theorem 3.17 (Helden [33]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with only one separating triangle. Then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges.

Proof. Let x, y and z be the vertices of the separating triangle T and let xy be no boundary edge. Let Gin (Gout, respectively) be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices outside (inside, respectively) the separating triangle T . Gout and Gin are both maximal planar graphs without separating triangles. By Theorem 3.16 the graph Gin is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Consider Gout, let a, b and c be the vertices which form the exterior face of Gout. Let a be a vertex which is distinct from the vertices x 0 and y. Furthermore, let Gout be the subgraph of Gout derived by deleting a. By Theorem 0 3.11 Gout has a Tutte path P from x to y containing bc. Thus we obtain a Tutte path P in Gout from x to y containing ba and ac. Since Gout is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, Gout is 4–connected. Note that a Tutte path in a 4–connected graph is also a hamiltonian path. Since Gin is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges, we can always find a path Pin(x, y). Then acb...xPin(x, y)y...a is a hamiltonian cycle in G passing through two boundary edges. Since a is arbitrary G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges.

With Theorem 3.16 and Theorem 3.17 we can prove the following result.

Theorem 3.18 (Helden [33]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly two separat- ing triangles. Then G is hamiltonian. 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 25

Proof. Let a, b and c be the vertices of one separating triangle T . Let Gin (Gout, respectively) be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices outside (inside, respectively) the separating triangle T . We distinguish the two cases in which the two separating triangles are either nested or not.

Case 1: The two separating triangles are not nested. The two separating triangles could be disjoint or not. In both cases Gin is a graph without separating triangles and Gout is a graph with only one separating triangle. By Theorem 3.16 the graph Gin is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Note that a planar graph can always be embed- ded in the plane such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Lemma 1.10. Therefore, we can embed Gout in the plane such that abca becomes the exterior cycle of Gout. By Theorem 3.17 Gout is also hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Then acPin(c, b)bPout(b, a)a is a hamiltonian cycle in G. Since Gin and Gout are hamiltonian for any two boundary edges, we can always find one common edge of both paths Pin and Pout.

Case 2: The two separating triangles are nested. The two separating triangles could be disjoint or not. In both cases we have to distinguish the following two cases.

Subcase 2.1: Gin is a graph without separating triangles and Gout is a graph with only one separating triangle.

Subcase 2.2: Gin is a graph with only one separating triangle and Gout is a graph without separating triangles. In both Subcases we obtain that Gin is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges and Gout is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Then acPin(c, b)bPout(b, a)a is a hamil- tonian cycle in G.

Now we describe how to decompose a maximal planar graph G with at least one separating triangle into at least two maximal planar graphs with fewer separating triangles than G.

Definition 3.19 Let G be a maximal planar graph and let D1, D2, ..., Dk be k separat- ing triangles. Let Gin,D1 (Gin,D2 , ..., Gin,Dk , respectively) be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices outside the separating triangle D1 (D2, ..., Dk, respectively). Let

Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices inside the separating triangles D1, D2, ..., Dk.

Note that the graphs Gin,D1 (Gin,D2 , ..., Gin,Dk , respectively) and Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk are maximal planar graphs with fewer separating triangles than G. The following lemma shows how to obtain a hamiltonian cycle in G from two known hamiltonian cycles in these subgraphs.

Lemma 3.20 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with at least one separating triangle D. If Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D and Gout,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D, then G is hamiltonian. 26 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Proof. Let a, b and c be the vertices of the separating triangle D. Consider Gin,D. a, b and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Without loss of generality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = abcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − b between c and a. Next consider Gout,D. a, b and c are the vertices of a facial cycle of Gout,D. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. Without loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = bcaPout(a, b)b where Pout(a, b) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D − c between a and b. Then C = aPout(a, b)bcPin(c, a)a is a hamiltonian cycle of G.

In 2002 B. Jackson and X. Yu improved Corollary 3.13 of D.P. Sanders in a different direction. They showed the following.

Theorem 3.21 (Jackson and Yu [37]) Let G be a planar triangulation without separating triangles. Let T , T1 and T2 be distinct triangles in G. Let V (T ) = {u, v, w}. Then there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of G and edges e1 ∈ E(T1) and e2 ∈ E(T2) such that uv, uw, e1, e2 are distinct and contained in E(C).

This implies the following two easy corollaries.

Corollary 3.22 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph without sep- arating triangles. Let T1 and T2 be distinct triangles in G. Let V (XG) = {u, v, w}. Then there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of G and edges e1 ∈ E(T1) and e2 ∈ E(T2) such that uv, uw, e1, e2 are distinct and contained in E(C).

Corollary 3.23 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph without sepa- rating triangles. Let T1 and T2 be distinct, arbitrary and facial triangles in G. Then there exist edges e1 ∈ E(T1) and e2 ∈ E(T2) such that G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G and the hamiltonian cycle contains the edges e1 and e2.

With Corollary 3.22 we obtain a stronger version of Theorem 3.16 of C. Chen.

Corollary 3.24 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph without sep- arating triangles. Let T be an arbitrary facial triangle in G. Then there exists an edge e ∈ E(T ) such that G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G and the hamiltonian cycle contains the edge e.

Let G be a maximal planar graph. Suppose that T is a separating triangle in G. Then we may separate G into two graphs Gin,T and Gout,T . Then Gin,T and Gout,T are maximal planar graphs and T is a facial cycle of Gin,T and Gout,T . We shall refer to T as a marker triangle in Gin,T and Gout,T . We now iterate this procedure for both Gin,T and Gout,T . We continue until we obtain a collection S of maximal planar graphs each of which has no separating triangles. We shall refer to S as pieces of G. Note that each separating triangle will occur as a marker triangle in exactly two pieces of G. We define a new graph B whose vertices are the pieces in S, and in which two pieces are joined by an edge if they have a marker triangle in common. It follows from the decomposition theory 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 27 developed by W. H. Cunningham and J. Edmonds [22] that B is a tree and also that the set S and the tree B are uniquely defined by G. We shall refer to B as the decomposition tree of G. For a given embedding of G with k separating triangles D1, D2, ..., Dk we define the piece Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk as the root of the decomposition tree B. Thus we get a rooted decomposition tree B . For the proof of Theorem 3.27, we need the following two lemmata. Lemma 3.25 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with at least one separating triangle D1 and let B be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of

G. Let each vertex of the tree B have at most two children and the root Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk has exactly one child Gin,D1 . If Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 , then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G for the given embedding of G.

Proof. Let a, b and c be the vertices of the separating triangle D1. Consider Gin,D1 .

Let a, b and c be the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D1 . Without loss of generality,

Gin,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = abcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D1 − b between c and a.

Next consider Gout,D1 . Gout,D1 is a maximal planar graph without separating trian- gles. a, b and c are the vertices of the facial cycle Gout,D1 . By Corollary 3.24 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 and contains without loss of generality the edge ac. We replace the edge ac by the path Pin(c, a) in the graph G. Then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G for the given embedding of G.

Lemma 3.26 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with at least two separating triangles D1 and D2 and let B be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of G. Let each vertex of the tree B have at most two children and the root

Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk has exactly two children Gin,D1 and Gin,D2 . If Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 and Gin,D2 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D2 , then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G for the given embedding of G.

Proof. Let a1, b1 and c1 be the vertices of the separating triangle D1. Consider Gin,D1 . a1, b1 and c1 are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D1 . Without loss of generality,

Gin,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle Cin,D1 = a1b1c1Pin,D1 (c1, a1)a1 where Pin,D1 (c1, a1) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D1 − b1 between c1 and a1.

Let a2, b2 and c2 be the vertices of the separating triangle D2. Consider Gin,D2 . a2, b2 and c2 are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D2 . Without loss of generality, Gin,D2 has a hamiltonian cycle Cin,D2 = a2b2c2Pin,D2 (c2, a2)a2 where Pin,D2 (c2, a2) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D2 − b2 between c2 and a2.

Next consider Gout,D1,D2 . Gout,D1,D2 is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles. a1, b1, c1 and a2, b2, c2 are the vertices of distinct facial cycles of Gout,D1,D2 . By

Corollary 3.23 Gout,D1,D2 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1,D2 and contains without loss of generality the edges a1c1 and a2c2. We replace the edge a1c1 by the path Pin,D1 (c1, a1) and the edge a2c2 by the path Pin,D2 (c2, a2) in the graph G. Then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G for the given embedding of G. 28 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

From Lemma 3.25 and Lemma 3.26 above we obtain a stronger version of Theorem 3.16 and Theorem 3.17.

Theorem 3.27 (Helden and Vieten [34]) If G is a maximal planar graph with exactly two separating triangles, then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G.

Proof. Let D1 and D2 be the separating triangles of G. Let B be the rooted decompo- sition tree of an arbitrary embedding of G. Each vertex of the tree B has at most two children and the root Gout,D1,D2 has at least one child. We distinguish the following two cases.

Case 1: The root Gout,D1,D2 has exactly one child Gin,D1 . Then the piece Gin,D2 is a child of the piece Gin,D1 . The graph Gin,D1 has one separating triangle D2. By Theorem

3.17 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 . By Lemma 3.25 G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G.

Case 2: The root Gout,D1,D2 has exactly two children Gin,D1 and Gin,D2 . The graph

Gin,D1 has no separating triangles and the graph Gin,D2 has no separating triangles. Then by Theorem 3.16 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 and Gin,D2 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D2 . By Lemma 3.26 G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G.

The hypothesis of Theorem 3.27 that G has at most two separating triangles cannot be weakened to at most three separating triangles. To show this we consider the graph G obtained from K4 by inserting a new vertex into each interior face of K4 then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the face. Then G is not immediately hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G.

The following theorem presents one of our main results, because we do not claim an integer which is an upper bound on the number of separating triangles, but we assume a special structure of the position of the separating triangles to each other.

Theorem 3.28 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph and let B be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of G. If each vertex of the tree B has at most two children, then G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G for the given embedding of G.

Proof. The proof is by induction on the number s of separating triangles. Clearly, the theorem is true for s = 0, s = 1 and s = 2. The claim follows from Theorem 3.16, The- orem 3.17 and Theorem 3.27. We proceed with the induction step. Assume that G has s+1 separating triangles. The root Gout,D1,D2,...,Ds+1 has at least one child. We distinguish the following two cases.

Case 1: The root Gout,D1,D2,...,Ds+1 has exactly one child Gin,D1 . The graph Gin,D1 has s separating triangles. Since the rooted decomposition tree T of Gin,D1 is a subtree of the tree B, each vertex of the tree T has at most two children. Then by induction Gin,D1 is 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 29

hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 . By Lemma 3.25 G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G for the given embedding of G.

Case 2: The root Gout,D1,D2,...,Ds+1 has exactly two children Gin,D1 and Gin,D2 .The graph Gin,D1 has t separating triangles and the graph Gin,D2 has r separating triangles. Since r + t = s − 1 it is necessary that t ≤ s and r ≤ s. Since the rooted decomposition tree T1 of Gin,D1 and the rooted decomposition tree T2 of Gin,D2 are subtrees of the tree

B, each vertex of this subtrees has at most two children. Then by induction Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 and Gin,D2 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D2 . By Lemma 3.26 G is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G for the given embedding of G.

With Theorem 3.27 we can extend Theorem 3.18 to exactly three separating triangles.

Theorem 3.29 (Helden and Vieten [34]) If G is a maximal planar graph with exactly three separating triangles, then G is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let D1, D2 and D3 be the separating triangles of G. Let B be the rooted decom- position tree of an arbitrary embedding of G. Each vertex of the tree B has at most three children and the root Gout,D1,D2,D3 has at least one child. We distinguish the following three cases.

Case 1: The root Gout,D1,D2,D3 has exactly one child Gin,D1 . Then the graph Gin,D1 has two separating triangles D2 and D3. By Theorem 3.27 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 . The graph Gout,D1 has no separating triangles. Then by

Theorem 3.16 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 . By Lemma 3.20 G is hamiltonian.

Case 2: The root Gout,D1,D2,D3 has exactly two children Gin,D1 and Gin,D2 . Without loss of generality, the graph Gin,D1 has one separating triangle D3. Then the graph Gout,D1 has also one separating triangle D2. Then by Theorem 3.17 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 and Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of

Gin,D2 . By Lemma 3.20 G is hamiltonian.

Case 3: The root Gout,D1,D2,D3 has exactly three children Gin,D1 , Gin,D2 and Gin,D3 .

The graph Gin,D1 has no separating triangles and the graph Gout,D1 has two separating triangles D2 and D3. Then by Theorem 3.16 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 and by Theorem 3.27 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 . By Lemma 3.20 G is hamiltonian.

Analogously to Theorem 3.29 we can prove the unbounded version with Theorem 3.28. All at once this is also a generalization of Theorem 3.28.

Theorem 3.30 (Helden and Vieten [34]) Let G be a maximal planar graph and let B be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of G. If the root of the tree B has 30 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS exactly three children and have all other vertices of the tree B at most two children, then G is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let B be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of G. Let

Gin,D1 , Gin,D2 and Gin,D3 be the three children of the root of the tree B. Since the rooted decomposition tree T1 of Gin,D1 and the rooted decomposition tree T2 of Gout,D1 are sub- trees of the tree B, each vertex of these subtrees has at most two children. By Theorem

3.28 the graph Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 and the graph

Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 . By Lemma 3.20 the graph G is hamiltonian.

The hypothesis of Theorem 3.28 that each vertex of the rooted decomposition tree B has at most two children cannot be weakened to at most three children. To show this we consider the graph G obtained from K4 by inserting a new vertex into each interior face of K4 then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the face. Then the rooted decomposition tree of G has exactly three children and G is not immediately hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of G. In the following we extend Theorem 3.27 to four separating triangles. The first to take the position of a hamiltonian cycle into account were T. Asano, T. Nishizeki and T. Watanabe [4]. They introduced the following definition.

Definition 3.31 Let G be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with a hamiltonian cycle C. We say a (triangular) face of G to be frontier (with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C) if it has one or two edges in common with C, or else non-frontier. A frontier face is called a 1-frontier face if the face has exactly one edge in common with C, or else a 2-frontier face. We define kN (C) as the number of non-frontier faces and k1F (C) and k2F (C) as the number of 1-frontier and 2-frontier faces, respectively.

Lemma 3.32 Let G be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph on n vertices. Then k + 2k n = 1F 2F and k = k − 4. 2 N 2F Proof. Let G = (V, E) with |V | = n and |E| = m be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with a hamiltonian cycle C and let l(G) be the number of faces of G. Then The- orem 1.1 of Euler yields l(G) = m − n + 2. On the other side, counting the frontier and non-frontier faces yields l(G) = k1F + k2F + kN . Moreover, 3l(G) = 2m, since each edge is located on the boundary of two faces. Then with Theorem 1.1 of Euler we obtain that m = 3n−6. The equation of these formulas provides k1F +k2F +kN = 2n−4. Together with k1F +2k2F n = 2 we obtain that k1F +k2F +kN = k1F +2k2F −4 and this yields kN = k2F −4.

The previous lemma provides the following immediate corollary.

Corollary 3.33 If G is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph, then

k2F ≥ 4. 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 31

For the proof of Theorem 3.36 we need the next lemma and the following definition.

Lemma 3.34 (Helden [35]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph without separating triangles and |V | ≥ 7. Then G has at least two vertices x and y with dG(x) ≥ 5 and dG(y) ≥ 5 and |N(x) ∩ N(y)| ≥ 2.

Proof. If G is a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 5, then it is obvious. Therefore, let G be a maximal planar graph with δ(G) = 4. We distinguish the following three cases.

Case 1: At least one component of the subgraph G [D4] is a trivial graph. By Corol- lary 2.22 the graph G has at least two vertices x and y with dG(x) ≥ 5 and dG(y) ≥ 5 and |N(x) ∩ N(y)| ≥ 2.

Case 2: At least one component of the subgraph G [D4] is a cycle Cp with p ≥ 5. By Lemma 2.21 G has exactly two vertices x and y with dG(x) ≥ 5 and dG(y) ≥ 5 and |N(x) ∩ N(y)| ≥ 2.

Case 3: At least one component of the subgraph G [D4] is a path of length q with q ∈ IN. By Lemma 2.18 G has at least two vertices x and y with dG(x) ≥ 5 and dG(y) ≥ 5 and |N(x) ∩ N(y)| ≥ 2.

Definition 3.35 Let G be a maximal planar graph without separating triangles and with n ≥ 7 vertices. Let x and y be two vertices with dG(x) ≥ 5 and dG(y) ≥ 5 and |N(x) ∩ N(y)| ≥ 2. Let a, b ∈ N(x) ∩ N(y) with ab is an edge of G. The operation T is defined as follows: T contracts the two vertices a and b to one vertex z. The edges xa (ya) and xb (yb) are contracted to one edge xz (yz, respectively). The new graph G0 is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles and with n − 1 vertices, see Figure 3.2.

x x

a b z

T

y y

Figure 3.2: Operation T .

In general a planar graph G has many embeddings on a surface. We shall now define an equivalence relation among these embeddings. Two embeddings of a planar graph 32 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS are equivalent if the boundary of a face in one embedding always corresponds to the boundary of a face in the other. We say that the planar embedding of a graph is unique if the embeddings are all equivalent. H. Whitney [56] proved that the embedding of a 3–connected planar graph is unique.

Theorem 3.36 (Helden [35]) If G is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles and with n ≥ 7 vertices, then a hamiltonian cycle C of G exists so that k2F = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common.

Proof. The proof is by induction on the number of vertices of G. Assume first n = 7 in order to establish the inductive base. See Figure 3.3, the thick lines represent the hamiltonian cycle.

Figure 3.3: Inductive base of the proof of Theorem 3.36.

Thus we have shown that the theorem is true if n = 7. For the inductive step, we assume next that n ≥ 8 and the theorem is true for any maximal planar graph with less than n vertices. Suppose that G is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles and with n vertices. Lemma 3.34 yields that G has two vertices x and y with dG(x) ≥ 5 and dG(y) ≥ 5 and |N(x) ∩ N(y)| ≥ 2. Let a, b ∈ N(x) ∩ N(y) with ab is an edge of G. Now we can apply the operation T . T contracts the two vertices a and b to one vertex z. The edges xa (ya) and xb (yb) are contracted to one edge xz (yz, respectively). The new graph G0 is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles and with n − 1 vertices. Thus, we may apply induction to G0. Without loss of generality, there exists a 0 0 0 hamiltonian cycle C of G such that k2F (C ) = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Now we have to prove that there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of G such that k2F (C) = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Let u be the vertex of G which is adjacent to the vertices x and a and let v be the vertex of G which is adjacent to the vertices x and b. The vertices u, x and z are the vertices of a facial cycle 0 0 F1 in G and the vertices v, z and x are the vertices of a facial cycle F2 in G . Both facial cycles have the edge xz in common. We know G0 has a hamiltonian cycle C0 such that at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded on a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 33

x x

T −1 F1 F2

u a b v u z v Figure 3.4: Operation T −1. see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. Since G0 is at least 3−connected the embedding of G0 is unique. Without loss of generality, we can embed the graph G0 on a surface such that the two 2-frontier faces with one edge in common have the edge xz in common. Note, if we determine one face, we can always find at most three hamiltonian cycles, such that each edge of the given face can become the common edge of the 2-frontier faces with one edge in common for the corresponding hamiltonian cycle. This means F1 and F2 are the two 2-frontier faces in this embedding of G0. We distinguish the following two cases.

Case 1: uxzv is a path of the hamiltonian cycle C0. Now we can apply the operation T −1, see Figure 3.4 T −1 extracts the vertex z to the two vertices a and b. The edge xz is extracted to the two edges xa and xb. Then uxabv is a path of the hamiltonian cycle C of G. The vertices u, x and a are the vertices of a facial cycle K1 in G and the vertices x, a and b are the vertices of a facial cycle K2 in G. Both facial cycles have the edge xa in common. Therefore, K1 and K2 are two 2-frontier faces with one edge in common in an embedding of G. The two new facial cycles with vertices x, b, v and a, b, y are both 1-frontier faces with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C.

Case 2: uzxv is a path of the hamiltonian cycle C0. Now we can also apply the opera- tion T −1. T −1 extracts the vertex z to the two vertices a and b. The edge xz is extracted to the two edges xa and xb. Then uabxv is a path of the hamiltonian cycle C of G. The vertices a, b and x are the vertices of a facial cycle K1 in G and the vertices b, x and v are the vertices of a facial cycle K2 in G. Both facial cycles have the edge bx in common. Therefore, K1 and K2 are two 2-frontier faces with one edge in common in an embedding of G. The two new facial cycles with vertices u, a, x and a, b, y are both 1-frontier faces with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C.

Let G be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph without separating triangles. By The- orem 3.36 there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of G such that k2F (C) = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Let G1 be the graph obtained from G by in- serting a new vertex into a facial cycle F of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex a, b and c incident with the face F . G1 is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with one separating triangle. Now we can extend the hamiltonian cycle C of G to a hamiltonian cycle C1 of G1. We replace an edge of the facial cycle F which belongs to the hamiltonian cycle C by two edges which join the new vertex to the hamiltonian cycle C. 34 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

If F is a 2-frontier face with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C, which has no edge in common with another 2-frontier face, then k2F (C1) = 5. If F is a 2-frontier face with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C, which has an edge in common with another 2-frontier face, then k2F (C1) = 4. If F is a 1-frontier face with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C, then k2F (C1) = 5. Thus we get, k2F (C1) is increased by at most one if we add a separat- ing triangle with one vertex. By Lemma 3.32 kN (C1) is also increased by at most one. Since G is at least 3−connected the embedding of G is unique. Therefore, we can embed the graph G on a surface such that F is a 2-frontier face, which has no edge in common with another 2-frontier face. Then k2F (C1) = k2F (C) + 1 and kN (C1) = 1. By the same argument, we can embed the graph G on a surface such that F is a 2-frontier face, which has an edge in common with another 2-frontier face. Then k2F (C1) = 4 = k2F (C) and kN (C1) = 0.

Let G2 be the graph obtained from G by inserting two new vertices each into two distinct facial cycles F1 and F2 of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the faces F1 and F2 respectively. G2 is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with two separating triangles. Note that there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of G such that k2F = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. We can extend the hamiltonian cycle C of G to a hamiltonian cycle C2 of G2. Since G is at least 3−connected the embedding of G is unique. Therefore, we can embed the graph G on a surface such that F1 and F2 are 2-frontier faces and at least one of these has an common edge with another 2-frontier face. Then 4 ≤ k2F (C2) ≤ k2F (C) + 1 = 5 and kN (C2) ≤ 1.

Let Gi be the graph obtained from G by inserting i new vertices each into i distinct facial cycles F1, F2, ..., Fi of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the faces Fi respectively. Gi is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with i separating triangles and a hamiltonian cycle Ci. We can embed the graph G on a surface such that Fs and Ft with 1 ≤ s, t ≤ i are 2-frontier faces and at least one of these has an com- mon edge with another 2-frontier face. Then k2F (Ci) ≤ 4+i−1 = i+3 and kN (Ci) ≤ i−1.

We can now prove a stronger version of Theorem 3.29. Theorem 3.37 (Helden [35]) If G is a maximal planar graph with exactly four separating triangles, then G is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly four separating triangles. D1, D2, D3 and D4 are the 4 separating triangles. Let Gin,D1 be the subgraph of G derived by delet- ing all the vertices outside the separating triangle D1. Let Gout,D1 be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices inside the separating triangle D1. We distinguish the following four cases.

Case 1: The graph Gin,D1 has two separating triangles and the graph Gout,D1 has one separating triangle. By Theorem 3.27 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 . By Theorem 3.17 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 . By Lemma 3.20 G is hamiltonian. 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 35

Case 2: The graph Gin,D1 has one separating triangle and the graph Gout,D1 has two separating triangles. By Theorem 3.17 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 . By Theorem 3.27 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 . By Lemma 3.20 G is hamiltonian.

Case 3: The graph Gin,D1 has no separating triangle and the graph Gout,D1 has three separating triangles. By Theorem 3.16 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 . By Theorem 3.29 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian. Let the vertices a, b and c be the ver- tices of the facial cycle D1 in Gout,D1 . The graph Gout,D1,D2,D3,D4 is a subgraph of Gout,D1 and has no separating triangles. If Gout,D1,D2,D3,D4 has n < 7 vertices, then there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,D3,D4 such that the hamiltonian cycle passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. If Gout,D1,D2,D3,D4 has n ≥ 7 vertices, then by Theorem 3.36 there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,D3,D4 such that k2F = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Now we have to prove that the hamiltonian cycle C passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. We insert 3 new vertices each into the facial cycles D2, D3 and D4 of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the faces of D2, D3 and D4 respectively. The new graph H is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with three separating triangles. Now we 0 can extend the hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,D3,D4 to a hamiltonian cycle C of H. 0 0 0 Thus we get k2F (C ) = 6 and kN (C ) = 2 with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C . Then we can embed the graph H on a surface such that D1 is not a non-frontier face. There- fore, the hamiltonian cycle H passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. At last we have to replace the vertices in the facial cycles D2, D3 and D4 by the graphs

Gin,D2 − D2, Gin,D3 − D3 and Gin,D4 − D4 respectively. Since Gin,Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 4 are maximal planar graphs without separating triangles, the graphs Gin,Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 4 are hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,Di . Therefore, the graphs Gin,Di − Di with

2 ≤ i ≤ 4 have a hamiltonian path in Gin,Di − Di. Now we replace the two edges which join the new vertices to the hamiltonian cycle H by the hamiltonian paths in Gin,Di − Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 4. Thus we get a hamiltonian cycle H 0 which passes through at least one 0 edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. H is a hamiltonian cycle of Gout,D1 . Without loss of 0 generality, H passes through the edge ca. Consider Gin,D1 . a, b and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D1 . Without loss of generality, Gin,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = abcPin(c, a)a, where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − b between c and a. 0 Then we replace the edge ca in the hamiltonian cycle H of Gout,D1 by the hamiltonian path Pin(c, a) between c and a of Gin,D −b. Then the new cycle is a hamiltonian cycle of G.

Case 4: The graph Gin,D1 has three separating triangles and the graph Gout,D1 has no separating triangle. By Theorem 3.29 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian. By Theorem 3.16 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 . Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. Without loss of generality, Gout,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle passing through any two edges of the facial cycle D1. Then analogically to Case 3 G is hamiltonian. With Theorem 3.38 we can extend Theorem 3.37 to exactly five separating triangles. 36 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Theorem 3.38 (Helden [35]) If G is a maximal planar graph with exactly five separating triangles, then G is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly five separating triangles.

D1, D2, ..., D5 are the 5 separating triangles. Let Gin,D1 be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices outside the separating triangle D1. Let Gout,D1 be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices inside the separating triangle D1. We distinguish the following five cases.

Case 1: The graph Gin,D1 has three separating triangles and the graph Gout,D1 has one separating triangle. Then analogically to the proof of Theorem 3.37 Case 4 G is hamiltonian.

Case 2: The graph Gin,D1 has two separating triangles and the graph Gout,D1 has two separating triangles. Then analogically to the proof of Theorem 3.37 Case 1 G is hamil- tonian.

Case 3:The graph Gin,D1 has one separating triangle and the graph Gout,D1 has three separating triangles. Then analogically to the proof of Theorem 3.37 Case 3 G is hamil- tonian.

Case 4: The graph Gin,D1 has no separating triangle and the graph Gout,D1 has four separating triangles. By Theorem 3.16 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,D1 . By Theorem 3.37 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian. Let the vertices a, b and c be the ver- tices of the facial cycle D1 in Gout,D1 . The graph Gout,D1,D2,...,D5 is a subgraph of Gout,D1 and has no separating triangles. If Gout,D1,D2,...,D5 has n < 7 vertices, then there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,...,D5 such that the hamiltonian cycle passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. If Gout,D1,D2,...,D5 has n ≥ 7 vertices, then by

Theorem 3.36 there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,...,D5 such that k2F = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Now we have to prove that the hamiltonian cycle C passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. We insert 4 new vertices each into the facial cycles D2, D3, D4 and D5 of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the faces of D2, D3, D4 and D5 respectively. The new graph H is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 4 separating triangles. Now we can 0 extend the hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,...,D5 to a hamiltonian cycle C of H. Thus 0 0 0 we get k2F (C ) = 7 and kN (C ) = 3 with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C . Then we can embed the graph H on a surface such that D1 is not a non-frontier face. Therefore, the hamiltonian cycle C0 passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. At last we have to replace the vertices in the facial cycles D2, D3, D4 and D5 by the graphs

Gin,D2 − D2, Gin,D3 − D3, Gin,D4 − D4 and Gin,D5 − D5 respectively. Since Gin,Di with

2 ≤ i ≤ 5 are maximal planar graphs without separating triangles, the graphs Gin,Di with

2 ≤ i ≤ 5 are hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,Di . Therefore, the graphs

Gin,Di −Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 5 have a hamiltonian path in Gin,Di −Di. Now we replace the two edges which join the new vertices to the hamiltonian cycle C 0 by the hamiltonian paths in 00 Gin,Di − Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 5. Thus we get a hamiltonian cycle C which passes through at 3.1. HAMILTONIAN CYCLE 37

0 least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. H is a hamiltonian cycle of Gout,D1 . Without loss 00 of generality, C passes through the edge ca. Consider Gin,D1 . a, b and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D1 . Without loss of generality, Gin,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle

Cin = abcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D1 − b between c and a. 00 Then we replace the edge ca in the hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1 by the hamiltonian path Pin(c, a) between c and a of Gin,D1 −b. Then the new cycle is a hamiltonian cycle of G.

Case 5: The graph Gin,D1 has four separating triangles and the graph Gout,D1 has no separating triangle. By Theorem 3.37 Gin,D1 is hamiltonian. By Theorem 3.16 Gout,D1 is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gout,D1 . Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Lemma 1.10. Without loss of generality, Gout,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle passing through any two edges of the facial cycle D1. Then analogically to Case 4 the graph G is hamiltonian.

Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly six separating triangles. D1, D2, ..., D6 are the 6 separating triangles. Let Gin,D1 be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices outside the separating triangle D1. Let Gout,D1 be the subgraph of G derived by deleting all the vertices inside the separating triangle D1. Consider the case that the graph Gin,D1 has no separating triangles and the graph Gout,D1 has five separating trian- gles. Assume that Gout,D1,D2,...,D6 has n ≥ 7 vertices then by Theorem 3.36 there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,...,D6 such that k2F = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Now we insert 5 new vertices each into the facial cycles D2, ..., D6 of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the faces of D2, ..., D6 respectively. The new graph H is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 5 separating triangles. Now we can extend the hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,...,D6 to a 0 0 0 hamiltonian cycle C of H. Thus we get k2F (C ) = 8 and kN (C ) = 4 with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C0. Consider the case that the three non-frontier faces have each one vertex in common. Then these three non-frontier faces determine a facial cycle which is the remaining non-frontier face with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C 0. This leads to a contradiction. Therefore, there must be a maximal planar graph with six separating triangles which is non-hamiltonian. Finally, if G is a maximal planar graph with exactly six separating triangles, then there is a counter-example which shows that G is not im- mediately hamiltonian, see Figure 3.5.

Definition 3.39 Let G = (V, E) be a simple graph. We call X ⊆ V (G) independent if E(G[X]) = ∅. A maximal independent vertex set is an independent set containing the largest possible number of vertices. Example 3.40 (Helden [35]) The graph from Figure 3.5 is a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph. The vertices v5, v7, v11, v13, v12, v14, v15, v17 form a maximal independent ver- tex set. If a hamiltonian cycle C exists, then these 8 vertices cannot be adjacent. Hence, only two of the remaining 9 vertices can be adjacent to at most one vertex of the maximal independent vertex set. Since the vertices v1, v2 and v3 are adjacent to only one vertex of the maximal independent vertex set, there cannot exist a hamiltonian cycle. 38 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

v3

v5

v16 v17 v15 v6 v4 v12 v10 v14

v9 v11 v13

v8

v7

v1 v2

Figure 3.5: Counter-example: A non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with exactly six

separating triangles.

¡ ¡

                 

               

                 

               

                 

               

                 

               

                 

               

¢ ¢

£ £

                

       

                 

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

 

                

       

                

               

 

 

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

¨©

                

               

                

       

                

               

 

 

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

                

       

                

               

¤¥ ¦§

                

       

              

Figure 3.6: The smallest non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 11 vertices. 3.2. HAMILTONIAN PATH 39

Example 3.41 The graph G from Figure 3.6 is the smallest non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 11 vertices. The graph G has seven separating triangles. In 1980 T. Asano, T. Nishizeki and T. Watanabe [4] showed that every non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 11 vertices is isomorphic to the graph shown in Figure 3.6.

3.2 Hamiltonian path

Since maximal planar graphs with more than five separating triangles are not necessarily hamiltonian, we will show that maximal planar graphs with exactly six separating trian- gles have at least a hamiltonian path. Therefore, we need the following definition and the next lemma. Definition 3.42 Let G be a maximal planar graph and let a, b ∈ V (G) with ab ∈ E(G) and |N(a) ∩ N(b)| ≥ 2. Then we define the operation D, see Figure 3.7.

a a

x D

b b G G + x

Figure 3.7: Operation D.

Remark. After applying the operation D, the graph G + x is still a maximal planar graph. Lemma 3.43 Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly one separating triangle. Let a, b and c be the vertices which form the separating triangle. Then we can apply the operation D to a, b ∈ V (G) and the graph G + x is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles. Proof. Since a, b and c form one separating triangle the vertices does not form the boundary of a face, especially not the exterior face. Because of the maximal planarity the vertices a and b have at least two common neighbors beside c, at least one vertex inside the separating triangle and one outside. Now we can apply the operation D. If we remove the vertices a, b and c, the graph G + x is still connected, because the new vertex connects the inside and the outside of the separating triangle. So the resulting graph is a maximal planar graph without separating triangle.

This lemma yields the next easy corollary. 40 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Corollary 3.44 Let G be a maximal planar graph with k > 1 separating triangles. Let a, b and c be the vertices which form one separating triangle. Then we can apply the operation D to a, b ∈ V (G) and the graph G + x is a maximal planar graph with at most k − 1 separating triangles. Remark. Let G be a maximal planar graph with two separating triangles. Let a, b and c be the vertices which form one separating triangle and let d, e and f be the vertices which form the other separating triangle. If the two separating triangles have one edge in common, say ab = de, then we can apply the operation D to a, b ∈ V (G) only once. The resulting graph G + x is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles.

The following theorem presents our main result in this section. Theorem 3.45 If G is a maximal planar graph with exactly six separating triangles, then G has a hamiltonian path. Proof. Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly six separating triangles and let a, b and c be the vertices which form one separating triangle of the graph G. Now we can apply the operation D. The resulting graph is a maximal planar graph with at most 5 separating triangles. By Theorem 3.38, the resulting graph is hamiltonian. Now the ver- tex, which was added by the operation D, can be removed. Since this is only one vertex, the new graph G has a hamiltonian path. G is a subgraph of G with |V (G)| = |V (G)| and |E(G)| < |E(G)|. Therefore, the graph G has also a hamiltonian path.

With the previous remark and Theorem 3.38 the next corollary follows immediately. Corollary 3.46 Let G be a maximal planar graph with seven separating triangles and let two separating triangles have one edge in common. Then G has a hamiltonian path. Finally, if G is a maximal planar graph with exactly eight separating triangles, then there is a counter-example, which shows that G has no hamiltonian path, see Figure 3.8. Example 3.47 The graph from Figure 3.8 is a maximal planar graph and has no hamil- tonian path. The vertices v4, v6, v8, v10, v12, v13, v15, v16 form a maximal independent vertex set. If a hamiltonian path P exists, then these 8 vertices cannot be adjacent. Hence, only two of the remaining 8 vertices can be adjacent to at most one vertex of the maximal independent vertex set. Since the vertices v1 and v2 are adjacent to only one vertex of the maximal independent vertex set, there cannot exist a hamiltonian path.

3.3 Length of a hamiltonian walk

Definition 3.48 A closed spanning walk of a graph G is a sequence v0e1v1e2...ekvk(= v0), whose terms are alternately vertices and edges, such that the end vertices of ei are vi−1 and vi for each 1 ≤ i ≤ k, and every vertex of G appears in this sequence at least once. The integer k is the length of the closed spanning walk. A hamiltonian walk of G is a closed spanning walk of minimum length. For a connected graph G, h(G) denotes the length of a hamiltonian walk of G. 3.4. TOUGH GRAPHS 41

v3

¤ ¤

¥ ¥

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

 

   

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5

v3 15 v16

¦ ¦

§ §

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4 2

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5 3

8 8 * 8 * K,% 8 * ,% ,% %

9 + 9 + L-& 9 + -& -& &

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5

8 8 * 8 * K,% 8 * ,% ,% %

9 + 9 + L-& 9 + -& -& &

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5

8 8 * 8 * K,% 8 * ,% ,% %

9 + 9 + L- 9 + -& -& &

& v14

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5

8 8 * 8 * K,% 8 * ,% ,% %

9 + 9 + L-& 9 + -& -& &

0 0

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5

¨© 

8 8 * 8 * ,K% 8 * ,% ,% %

9 + 9 + L-& 9 + -& -& &

M M ( M ( . ( . .

N ) N ) / ) / / 01 01

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D 5 D 5 5 5

A A

8 8 8 %K 8 % % %

9 9 L& 9 & & &

M M ( M ( . ( . .

N ) N ) / ) / / 1 1

 

# # # # # # # # # C C C 4 C 4 4 4

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ D D D 5 5 5

v 5 v

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6 < < < O?: < ?: ?: : > > > ' > ' ' '

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7 = = P@; = @; @; ; B AB 13 A 12

v7 v11

Q Q

R R

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6 < < < ?O: < ?: ?: :

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7 = = P@; = @; @; ; B B





Q Q

R

vR

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

! 9

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6 < < < O: < : : :

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7 = = P; = ; ; ;

Q Q

R R

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6 < < < O: < : : :

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7 = = P = ; ; ;

v8; v10

Q Q

R R

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6 < < < O: < : : :

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7 = = P; = ; ; ;

 

Q Q

R R

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6 < < < :O < : : :

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7 = = P; = ; ; ;

¢ ¢

£ £

Q Q

R R

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

G G G G G G G I G I I I I I I I I

H H H H H H H J H J J J J J J J J

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

G G G G G G I G I I I I I I I I G v v

H H H H H H H J H J J J J J J J J

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 4 7 6

v5

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

G G G G G G G I G I I I I I I I I

H H H H H H H J H J J J J J J J J

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7

# # # # # # # # #

! ! ! ! ! ! ! $ ! $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

G G G G G G G I G I I I I I I I I

H H H H H H H J H J J J J J J J J

E E E E E 6 6 6 6 6 6

F F F F F 7 7 7 7 7 7

¡ 

" " " " " " " " " " " " " " " v1 v2

Figure 3.8: Counter-example: A maximal planar graph with exactly eight separating triangles.

Since not every maximal planar graph has a hamiltonian cycle nor a hamiltonian path, we want to determine the length of a hamiltonian walk of a maximal planar graph. A trivial lower bound and a trivial upper bound are known on the length h(G) of a hamiltonian walk of a connected graph G with n vertices:

n ≤ h(G) ≤ 2(n − 1).

These bounds follow immediately from the fact that any hamiltonian walk must pass through every vertex at least once and a closed spanning walk traversing twice every edge of any tree of a connected graph is of length 2(n − 1).

Theorem 3.49 (Asano, Nishizeki and Watanabe [4]) The length h(G) of a hamiltonian walk of any maximal planar graph G with n vertices satisfies

≤ 3 (n − 3) if n ≥ 11,  2 h(G)  (3.1) = n otherwise.  3.4 Tough graphs

In this section we consider the question of which maximal planar graphs are non-hamiltonian. Sometimes there is an easily verifiable proof of the fact that a particular graph is non- hamiltonian. We would like to have a theorem that says a graph G is non-hamiltonian if G has property “Q”, where “Q” can be checked in polynomial time. This motivates the definition of 1–toughness. The concept of 1–toughness was introduced by V. Chv´atal [21] in 1973. 42 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Definition 3.50 A graph G is said to be 1–tough if for any non-empty subset S of the vertices of G, κ(G − S) ≤ |S|. Note that every hamiltonian graph is 1–tough. Thus 1–toughness is a necessary condi- tion for a graph to be hamiltonian. Since there exist 1–tough but non-hamiltonian graphs, 1–toughness is not a sufficient condition in general.

In 1979 V. Chv´atal raised the following question: Is 1–toughness a sufficient condi- tion for a maximal planar graph to be hamiltonian? In 1980 T. Nishizeki [41] answered Chv´atal’s question by constructing a 1–tough non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph on 19 vertices. In [25] M. B. Dillencourt found a graph with the same property on 15 ver- tices. In 1994 M. Tk´aˇc [52] found a 1–tough non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph on 13 vertices, see Figure 3.10.

3.5 Construction of maximal planar graphs

This section is concerned with the construction of hamiltonian maximal planar graphs with n vertices and k separating triangles and non-hamiltonian maximal planar graphs with n vertices and k separating triangles. Since maximal planar graphs with more than five separating triangles are not necessarily hamiltonian, we want to show that there exist at least two maximal planar graphs with the same number of vertices and the same number of separating triangles, such that one graph is hamiltonian and another graph is non-hamiltonian. We start by using Theorem 2.14 to construct a non-hamiltonian MPG-3 graph. Corollary 3.51 Let n ∈ IN with n ≥ 13. Then there exists a non-hamiltonian MPG-3 graph G with n vertices. Proof. We distinguish the following two cases.

Case 1: n is odd. As our basic graph we select an arbitrary maximal planar graph G n−1 with 2 vertices which contains no separating triangles. Since n ≥ 13 this graph G has n+1 at least eight faces. Now we select 2 faces of the graph G. Now we consider the graph G0 obtained from G by inserting a new vertex into each selected face of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the corresponding face. The number of vertices 0 n+1 0 with degree 3 of G is τ3 = 2 . Then G fulfils the assumption 2τ3 > n of Theorem 2.14. Therefore, G0 is non-hamiltonian.

Case 2: n is even. As our basic graph we select an arbitrary maximal planar graph G n−2 with 2 vertices which contains no separating triangles. Since n ≥ 14 this graph G has n+2 at least eight faces. Now we select 2 faces of the graph G. Now we consider the graph G0 obtained from G by inserting a new vertex into each selected face of G then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with the corresponding face. The number of vertices 0 n+2 0 with degree 3 of G is τ3 = 2 . Then G fulfils the assumption 2τ3 > n of Theorem 2.14. Therefore, G0 is non-hamiltonian. 3.5. CONSTRUCTION OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 43

Note that the number of vertices with degree three, τ3, is a lower bound on the number n+1 of separating triangles. If the number of vertices n is odd, we have at least k = 2 n+2 separating triangles. If n is even, we have at least k = 2 separating triangles. Now we consider hamiltonian MPG-3 graphs. Theorem 3.52 Let d ∈ IN. Then there exists a hamiltonian MPG-3 graph G with exactly τ3 = d vertices of degree three.

z

G1 z0

x0 x y

Figure 3.9: A maximal planar graph G with exactly one vertex of degree 3.

Proof. We construct an MPG-3 graph Gd with exactly d vertices of degree three in- 0 ductively. Therefore, we need a basic graph G1, see Figure 3.9. In G1 the vertices x , y and z0 in Figure 3.9 were identified with the vertices x, y and z of a copy of the graph 0 0 G1. That is, the face x , y, z is replaced by the graph G1 itself. The resultant graph is called G2. This graph has exactly two vertices of degree three. Now we continue inductively. The resultant graph Gd has exactly d vertices of degree three. Let Bd be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of Gd. Since each vertex of the tree Bd has at most two children, Theorem 3.28 yields that the graph Gd is hamiltonian.

Now we can add the number of separating triangles of Corollary 3.51. If the number n+1 n+2 of vertices n is odd, we have d = 2 separating triangles. If n is even, we have d = 2 separating triangles. But we get a different number of vertices. Let n0 be the number of vertices of a graph constructed by Theorem 3.52. Then n + 1 n0 = 7 + 4 · d = 7 + 4 · = 2n + 9 2 if n is odd and n + 2 n0 = 7 + 4 · d = 7 + 4 · = 2n + 11 2 if n is even. In both cases n =6 n0. The next example shows a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph which was assumed for a long time to be the one with the smallest number of separating triangles. This is not the case, see Figure 3.5. But we need this graph for further constructions. 44 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Example 3.53 Figure 3.10 shows a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 7 sep- arating triangles. The graph G of Figure 3.10 has n = 13 vertices and τ3 = 7 vertices of degree 3 and hence G fulfills the assumption of Theorem 2.14 that 2τ3 > n. Therefore, G

is non-hamiltonian.



J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

              



J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     N$& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' ' O

* * * * ( ( (

+ + + ) ) )

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     $& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' '

* * * * ( ( (

+ + + ) ) )

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     $& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' '

* * * * ( ( (

+ + + ) ) )

              

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J     $& $& $& & &

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K                ! ! ! ! ! %' %' %' ' '

* * * * ( ( (

+ + + ) ) )

              

 

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > > , , , , . . . " " " " " " " " " "

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ? - - - / / / # # # # # # # # # #

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > > , , , , . . .

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ? - - - / / /

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > > , , , , . . .

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ? - - - / / /

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > > , , , , . . .

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ? - - - / / /

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              



:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > > , , , , . . .

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ? - - - / / /





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > >

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ?





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > >

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ?





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 @ @ B @ B B B D D D > > >

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ?





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B B B B D D D @ @ @ > > >

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ?





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B B B B D D D @ @ @ > > >

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ?





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B B B B D D D @ @ @ > > >

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E A A A ? ? ?





¨© ¢ ¢

£ £

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B B B B D D D

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B B B B D D D

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E





J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 ¦§ 6 6 6 6 6 6

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 B B B B D D D

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 C C C E E E F

G

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 F

G

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 F

G

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

¡

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

              

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

:< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< :< < < 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= ;= = = 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K               

               ¤¥ 

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Figure 3.10: A non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 7 separating triangles.

In the following we try to adjust k and n. Let n be the number of vertices and k be the number of separating triangles determined. We will show that there are hamiltonian max- imal planar graphs with n vertices and k separating triangles and also non-hamiltonian maximal planar graphs with n vertices and k separating triangles. First we will show which values for k are possible.

Lemma 3.54 Let G be the set of all maximal planar graphs with n vertices. Then 0 ≤ k ≤ n − 4 for all G ∈ G.

Proof. Theorem 3.64 of Hakimi and Schmeichel yields the following bounds on the num- ber of cycles of length three: 2n − 4 ≤ C3 ≤ 3n − 8. On the other hand the number of faces is l = 2n − 4. Since a separating triangle does not form the boundary of a face, the number of separating triangles is the difference between the number of 3–cycles and the number of faces. Hence, we get: 0 ≤ k ≤ n − 4 .

To construct a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph G0, we must find a hamilto- nian maximal planar graph G that has a face which has no edge in common with every constructible hamiltonian cycle of G. That is, the face of G must be non-frontier with respect to all hamiltonian cycles of G. 3.5. CONSTRUCTION OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 45

Example 3.55 The graph from Figure 3.11 is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph. C =

v1v4v5v6v8v9v10v12v2v11v3v7v1 is a possible hamiltonian cycle of G

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

             

 v5

¡

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

               £

v4¢ C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! ! A

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " " B

% % % % # # #

& & & $ $ $

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! !

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " "

% % % % # # #

& & & $ $ $

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! !

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " "

% % % % # # #

& & & $ $ $

              

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C          ! ! ! ! !

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D                        " " " " "

% % % % # # #

& & & $ $ $

              

   ¤¥ ¦§

 

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5          

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6

v6 v1 v2 6 v12

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) - - - - - / / / / / /

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * * . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ; 7 7 7 5 5 5

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < 8 8 8 6 6 6

¨©

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D              

v  v

             

7  11

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) - - - - - / / / / / /

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * * . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ;

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : < < <

: v3

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) - - - - - / / / / / /

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * * . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ;

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < <

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) - - - - - / / / / / /

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * * . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======9 9 9 9 ; ; ;

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > : : : < < < ?

@

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * *

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > ?

@

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * *

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > > ?

@

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              



+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * *

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======

G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > >

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * *

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '

31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 3 3 ======

G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > >

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

              

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * * *

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '

13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 3 3 ======

G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 4 4 > > > > > > > > > >

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D               

                

+ + + + + + + + + + ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

, , , , , , , , , , * * * * * * * *

v9 *

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

v8 v10

Figure 3.11: A maximal planar graph with a certain non-frontier face.

This provides the following lemma.

Lemma 3.56 Let G be the graph from Figure 3.11. Then the triangle v1v2v3 is a non- frontier face with respect to all hamiltonian cycles of G.

Proof. We will show that neither two nor one of the edges of the triangle v1v2v3 can belong to a hamiltonian cycle of G. Since the graph G is symmetrically developed around the triangle v1, v2, v3, we can without loss of generality select exactly one or exactly two arbitrary edges.

Case 1: The edges v1v2 and v2v3 belong to a hamiltonian cycle C of G. Since the edge v1v3 do not belong to C, one of the edges v7v1 and v7v3 must belong to C. Without loss of generality, the edge v7v1 belongs to C. Now we consider the vertex v4. Since the edges v1v4 and v2v4 would destroy the cycle C, these edges cannot belong to C. Therefore, only the edge v5v4 is incident to the vertex v4. This is a contradiction to the assumption that there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of G which contains the edges v1v2 and v2v3.

Case 2: The edge v1v2 belongs to a hamiltonian cycle C of G and the edges v2v3 and v3v1 do not belong to C. Therefore, one of the edges v4v1 and v4v2 must belong to C. 46 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Without loss of generality, the edge v4v1 belongs to C. Then the edge v4v5 must also belong to C. Now we consider the vertex v7. Since the edge v1v7 would destroy the cycle C, this edge cannot belong to C. Therefore, the edges v8v7 and v3v7 belong to C. In order to merge the vertex v6 into the cycle C, the edges v5v6 and v8v6 must also belong to C. Since v3v11 and v2v11 cannot both belong to the cycle C, the edge v10v11 must belong to the cycle C. Now we consider the vertex v12. The vertex v12 can only be run through by the edges v10v12 and v2v12. So far we have not run through the vertex v9. However, there is no possibility that the cycle C is closed and the vertex v9 will be run through. Thus we get a contradiction and the proof is complete.

Since we need a hamiltonian maximal planar graph G to construct a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph G0, we must construct a hamiltonian maximal planar graph first.

Construction 3.57

Input: n ∈ IN and k ∈ IN with n ≥ k + 6.

Output: A hamiltonian maximal planar graph G with n vertices and k separating tri- angles.

S1: Let n = k + 5 + r. Select the graph from Figure 3.12 as starting graph G with k + 2 interior vertices.

S2: Consider the triangle abd2. Insert the vertices x1, x2, ..., xr on the edge d1b as follows. The edge d1b is transferred into r+1 edges with vertices d1, x1, x2, ..., xr and b. Connect the vertex c and the vertex d2 with all vertices already inserted.

Proof. Let n ∈ IN and k ∈ IN with n ≥ k + 6. Let n = k + 5 + r. The vertices a, di and b for 1 ≤ i ≤ k+1 form k+1 separating triangles in the starting graph. Since r ≥ 1, at least the vertex xr destroys the separating triangle ad1b. This means we have only k separat- ing triangles. Now we have to show that the constructed graph has a hamiltonian cycle. Begin with the edge adk+2. Then run through the vertices dk+1, ..., d1, x1, x2, ..., xr, b, c, a. Thus we obtain a hamiltonian cycle.

Now we can construct a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph.

Construction 3.58

Input: n ∈ IN and k ∈ IN with k > 6 and n ≥ k + 6.

Output: A non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph G with n vertices and k separating triangles. 3.5. CONSTRUCTION OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 47

dk+2

¡

       #  # # # # # # # # 

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       #  # # # # # # # # 

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       #  # # # # # # # # 

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       #  # # # # # # # # 

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % %  

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # # 

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

¢ ¢£

       %  % % % % % % % % 

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # # 

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % % 

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % % 

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % % 

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % % 

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

d2

       %  % % % % % % % % 

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % % 

        & & & & & & & &

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % %

 k + 1

        & & & & & & & &

                 

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

       $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

 d1

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                 

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                 

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                 

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ ¤ ¤¥

       !  ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

        " " " " " " " "

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                

               



       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       !  ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

        " " " " " " " "

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       !  ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

       " " " " " " " "

 c

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       !  ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

        " " " " " " " "

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       !  ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

        " " " " " " " "

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       !  ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

        " " " " " " " "

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                

               

       #  # # # # # # # #

        $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

       !  ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

        " " " " " " " "

¦§ ¨©

       %  % % % % % % % %

        & & & & & & & &

                

               

a b

Figure 3.12: Starting graph G = (V, E).

S1: Let n = k + 5 + r with k = 6 + q. Select the graph from Figure 3.11 as starting graph G.

S2: If q > 1, then use Construction 3.57 to construct a hamiltonian maximal planar graph G0 with (q − 1) + r + 5 vertices and q − 1 separating triangles. 0 Else if q = 1 then choose G as the K4 graph. 0 S3: Replace the triangle v1v2v3 by the graph G .

Proof. Let n ∈ IN and k ∈ IN with k > 6 and n ≥ k + 6. Let n = k + 5 + r with k = 6 + q. If q = 1, then the constructed graph is the graph from Example 3.53. Hence, we have k = 7 separating triangles. If q > 1, then the starting graph G has 6 separating triangles and the constructed hamiltonian maximal planar graph G0 has q − 1 separating triangles. Since the vertices v1v2v3 form another separating triangle, we have exactly k = 6 + q − 1 + 1 = 6 + q separating triangles. Now we have to show that the constructed graph has no hamiltonian cycle. If q = 1, then the constructed graph is the graph from Example 3.53. Hence, we know this graph has no hamiltonian cycle. If q > 1, then the constructed graph is also non-hamiltonian. Since there is no hamiltonian cycle if there is one vertex inside the triangle v1v2v3, there is no hamiltonian cycle, especially if there are more than one vertices inside the triangle v1v2v3.

With the previous constructions we are able to adjust k and n, if n ≥ 13 and k ≥ 7 with n ≥ k + 6. Thus we get the next theorem.

Theorem 3.59 Let n be the number of vertices and k be the number of separating tri- angles. If n ≥ 13 and k ≥ 7 with n ≥ k + 6, then at least one hamiltonian maximal planar graph with n vertices and k separating triangles exists; and also at least one non- hamiltonian maximal planar graph with n vertices and k separating triangles exists. 48 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Note that the Construction 3.58 works starting from seven separating triangles, whereas Construction 3.57 works also without separating triangles.

Remark. The condition n ≥ k + 6 can be intensified on n = k + 4 for hamiltonian maximal planar graphs. For the case n = k + 5 there is no construction possible.

Now we consider the case that we have exactly six separating triangles. Note that Figure 3.5 shows a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with six separating triangles. This graph provides the basis for our next construction.

v3

v5

v16 v17 v15 v6 v4 v12 v10 v14

v9 v11 v13

v8

v7

v1 v2

Figure 3.13: A non-hamiltonian maximal planar Graph G with n = 17 and k = 6.

Construction 3.60

Input: n ∈ IN and k ∈ IN with k = 6 and n ≥ 17.

Output: A non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph G with n vertices and 6 separating triangles.

S1: Let n = 17 + r. Select the graph from Figure 3.13 as starting graph G.

S2: If r ≥ 2, then use Construction 3.57 to construct a hamiltonian maximal planar graph G0 with r + 4 vertices and no separating triangles. 3.5. CONSTRUCTION OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 49

Else if r = 1 then insert the vertex xr on the edge v7v8 and connect the vertex v4 and the vertex v6 with the new vertex xr. 0 S3: Delete the vertex v17 and replace the triangle v4v10v16 by the graph G .

Proof. Let n ∈ IN and k ∈ IN with k = 6 and n ≥ 17. Let n = 17 + r. If r = 0, then the constructed graph is the graph from Example 3.40. Hence, we have k = 6 separating triangles. If r = 1, then the starting graph G has 6 separating triangles and the inserted vertex xr yields no further separating triangle. If r > 1, then the starting graph G has 6 separating triangles and the inserted graph G0 yields no further separating triangle. Now we have to show that the constructed graph has no hamiltonian cycle. If r = 0, then the constructed graph is the graph from Example 3.40. Hence, we know this graph has no hamiltonian cycle. If r > 1, then the constructed graph is also non-hamiltonian. Since there is no hamiltonian cycle if there is one vertex inside the triangle v4v10v16, there is no hamiltonian cycle, especially if there are more than one vertices inside the triangle v4v10v16. If r = 1, then the vertices v1, v5, v11, v12, v13, v14, v15, v17, xr form a maximal indepen- dent vertex set. If a hamiltonian cycle C exists, then these 9 vertices cannot be adjacent. Hence, each of the remaining 9 vertices must be adjacent to at least two vertices of the maximal independent vertex set. Since the vertices v2 and v3 are adjacent to only one vertex of the maximal independent vertex set, there cannot exist a hamiltonian cycle.

With the previous construction and Construction 3.57 we are able to adjust n for k = 6, if n ≥ 17. Thus we get the next theorem.

Theorem 3.61 Let n be the number of vertices and k be the number of separating tri- angles. If n ≥ 17 and k = 6, then there exists at least one hamiltonian maximal planar graph with n vertices and six separating triangles and also at least one non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with n vertices and six separating triangles.

The previous remark yields us to the following.

Theorem 3.62 Let n be the number of vertices and k be the number of separating tri- angles. If n = k + 5, then no maximal planar graph with n vertices and k separating triangles exists.

Proof. Note that each separating triangle has at least one vertex in its interior face and at least one vertex in its exterior face. Since each separating triangle consists of three vertices, we have at most n = 5k vertices. If the separating triangles are not disjoint like Figure 3.12, then we have at least n = k + 4 vertices. To get n = k + 5 vertices we have to add one more vertex. If we add this vertex to an edge, then we have to add two edges to the common neighbors of the two adjacent vertices of the added vertex. If the edge to which we add the new vertex belongs to a separating triangle, then we destroy this separating triangle and get k−1 separating triangles. If the edge to which we add the new vertex does not belong to a separating triangle, then we create a new separating triangle and get k + 1 separating triangles. If we add the new vertex to a face, then we have to 50 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS add three edges to the three vertices of the boundary of the face. Now these three vertices of the boundary of the face form a new separating triangle and we get k + 1 separating triangles.

Analogously to Theorem 2.14 the number of disjoint separating triangles supplies a necessary condition of whether a graph is hamiltonian. Theorem 3.63 Let G = (V, E) be an arbitrary maximal planar graph with k disjoint separating triangles and n ≥ 13 vertices. If 2k > n, then G is non-hamiltonian.b b Proof. Assume that G is hamiltonian. Let C be the hamiltonian cycle of G. Let

D1, ..., Dkb be all disjoint separating triangle of G. Let a, b and c be the vertices of the separating triangle D1. Let the vertices a and b be the neighbors of the interior vertices of

Gin,D1 on the hamiltonian cycle C. If we replace these edges by the edge ab, then we obtain 0 a hamiltonian cycle C in the maximal planar graph G − Gin,D1 . If we delete all disjoint separating triangles of G in this way, we obtain a maximal planar graph G . out,D1,...,Dkb For two disjoint separating triangles we obtain different edges. After construction the hamiltonian cycle of G has at least k edges and G consists of at most out,D1,...,Dkb out,D1,...,Dkb n − k vertices. Therefore, k ≤ n − k if and onlyb if 2k ≤ n. This is a contradiction to the assumption.b b b b

3.6 Number of cycles of certain length

In this section we consider the following question. What is the number of cycles of certain length that a maximal planar graph G on n vertices could have, in terms of n?

3.6.1 Number of short cycles

Let G be a maximal planar graph on n vertices, and let Ci(G) for 3 ≤ i ≤ n denote the number of cycles of length i in G. We first present tight bounds for C3(G) and C4(G) in terms of n. In 1979 S. L. Hakimi and E. F. Schmeichel proved the following. Theorem 3.64 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [31]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with n ≥ 6 vertices. Then 2n − 4 ≤ C3(G) ≤ 3n − 8. The lower bound is attained if and only if G is 4–connected, and the upper bound is attained if and only if G is obtained from K3 by recursively placing a vertex of degree 3 inside a face, and joining this new vertex to the three vertices incident to that face. Note that no n-vertex maximal planar graph G with C3(G) ≤ 3n − 9 exists. For 4–cycles S. L. Hakimi and E. F. Schmeichel achieved the following result. Theorem 3.65 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [31]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with n ≥ 5 vertices. Then 1 3n − 6 ≤ C (G) ≤ (n2 + 3n − 22). 4 2 3.6. NUMBER OF CYCLES OF CERTAIN LENGTH 51

The lower bound is attained if and only if n = 5 or G is 5–connected. The upper bound is attained if and only if G is the graph in Figure 3.12. If the graph is additionally 4–connected, the following upper bound holds.

Lemma 3.66 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [31]) Let G be a 4–connected maximal planar graph with n ≥ 7 vertices. Then 1 C (G) ≤ (n2 − n − 2). 4 2 Note that equality in Lemma 3.66 holds if and only if G is the graph of Figure 3.15.

3.6.2 Number of longer cycles Now we continue with the number of longer cycles. We interpret longer cycles as cycles starting from the length five. It was also Hakimi and Schmeichel who established a first lower bound for maximal planar graph on at least 8 vertices.

Lemma 3.67 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [31]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with n ≥ 8 vertices. Then C5(G) ≥ 6n.

There exists a maximal planar graph G with C5(G) = 6n for every n ≥ 14. An upper bound was found for maximal planar graphs on at least 6 vertices.

Lemma 3.68 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [31]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with n ≥ 6 vertices. Then 2 C5(G) ≤ 5n − 26n.

Now we consider an upper bound for Ck(G) for an arbitrary k.

Theorem 3.69 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [31]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with n b k c vertices. Then Ck(G) ∈ O(n 2 ), for k = 3, 4, ..., n.

3.6.3 Number of hamiltonian cycles As there are maximal planar graphs that are non-hamiltonian, there are maximal planar graphs with Cn(G) = 0. Therefore, let G be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph on n vertices. Then the following question occurs. What is the minimum number of hamilto- nian cycles that G could have in terms of n? First we will consider 3–connected maximal planar graphs.

Theorem 3.70 (Hakimi, Schmeichel and Thomassen [32]) Let n ≥ 12. Form a maximal planar graph G with n vertices as follows: Begin with the graph G2 of Figure 3.14 (with i = n − 11), and in the interior of the triangle T = v1v2v3 place the graph G1 of Figure 3.14 so that G1 and G2 have precisely the triangle T in common. Then G has exactly four hamiltonian cycles.

52 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS ¢

¡ v3

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( -¡-¡-

+¡+¡+¡+ x

¡

¡ i

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B 4

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B 4

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B 4

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B 4

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B 4

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

¡

¡

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B 4

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' ,¡,¡,¡,

*¡*¡*¡* x

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡- ¡

¡ 1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡< 5

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

¡

¡

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D F

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡< 5

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

£¡£¤ ¡ §¡§

¨¡¨

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*,¡,¡,¡,

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+ -¡-¡-

.¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0 )¡)¡)¡)

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡< 5

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

.¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡< 5

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

.¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<  5

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

¡

¡

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@

;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡; A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A .¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@

;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡; A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A .¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@

;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡; A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A .¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

¡

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@

;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡; A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A .¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C !¡!

"¡"

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@

;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡; A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A .¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ v3

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@

;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡; A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A .¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#¡#'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'

$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$¡$ (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(

:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:¡:@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@¡@

;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡;¡; A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A .¡.¡.¡.¡. 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0

/¡/¡/¡/¡/ 1¡1¡1¡1¡1

© ¥¦  

6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6¡6D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D

7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7¡7 E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E

8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8¡8<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<¡<

9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9¡9 =¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=

2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B¡B

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡% >¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡>

3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C

&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& ?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡?¡? v v v v 1 G1 2 1 G2 2 Figure 3.14: Two maximal planar graphs.

We observe that maximal planar graphs constructed in Theorem 3.70 all have con- nectivity three. It seems natural, therefore, to inquire about the minimum number of hamiltonian cycles in 4–connected maximal planar graphs on n vertices. It is known that every such graph has at least one hamiltonian cycle.

Theorem 3.71 (Hakimi, Schmeichel and Thomassen [32]) Let G be a 4–connected max- imal planar graph with n vertices. Then G contains at least n hamiltonian cycles. log2 n

The lower bound given in Theorem 3.71 occurs far from tight. In fact we offer the following.

Example 3.72 Let G be the 4–connected maximal planar graph with n vertices of Figure 3.15. Then G contains at least 2(n − 2)(n − 4) hamiltonian cycles. Assume that G is the 4–connected maximal planar graph of Figure 3.15 with n = 9 vertices. Then G contains at least 70 hamiltonian cycles. Theorem 3.71 yields G contains at least three hamiltonian cycles.

Now we prove an improved lower bound on the number of hamiltonian cycles.

Theorem 3.73 Let G be a 4–connected maximal planar graph with n ≥ 7 vertices. Then G contains at least 4n − 8 hamiltonian cycles.

Proof. Let G = (V, E) with |V | = n and |E| = m be a 4–connected maximal planar graph and let l(G) be the number of faces of G. Then Theorem 1.1 of Euler provides l(G) = m − n + 2. Moreover, 3l(G) = 2m, since each edge is located on the boundary of two faces. Then with Theorem 1.1 of Euler we obtain l = 2n − 4. Since G is 4–connected, G contains no separating triangles. By Theorem 3.36 there exists a hamiltonian cycle C 3.6. NUMBER OF CYCLES OF CERTAIN LENGTH 53

of G such that k2F = 4. This means each face of G is incident to at least one edge of the hamiltonian cycle C. Since the embedding of a 4–connected maximal planar graph is unique, we embed G such that three other vertices form the exterior face. If we use the same geometric structure as C, we get a new hamiltonian cycle C 0. If we do this for each face of G, we get 2n − 4 different hamiltonian cycles. Since a hamiltonian cycle has two different orientations, we get 2(2n − 4) = 4n − 8 hamiltonian cycles.

The next example will show that the lower bound given in the previous theorem appears not so far from tight.

Example 3.74 Consider Example 3.72 again. Assume that G is a 4–connected maximal planar graph of Figure 3.15 with n = 9 vertices. Theorem 3.73 yields G contains at least 28 hamiltonian cycles.

Figure 3.15: A maximal planar graph.

The previous results refer to 4–connected maximal planar graph. Now we consider 3–connected maximal planar graph with at most 5 separating triangles, since we know these graphs are hamiltonian. Let G = (V, E) be a 3–connected maximal planar graph and let D1, D2, ..., Dk for 1 ≤ k ≤ 5 be the separating triangles of G. Then we define ns as the number of all vertices inside of all separating triangles.

ns = |{v ∈ V (G) | v ∈ V (G) \ V (Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk )}| for 1 ≤ k ≤ 5.

Theorem 3.75 Let G be a maximal planar graph with at most 5 separating triangles and with n − ns ≥ 7 vertices. Then G contains at least 4(n − ns) − 8 hamiltonian cycles.

Proof. Let G = (V, E) with |V | = n and |E| = m be a maximal planar graph with at most 5 separating triangles and let D1, D2, ..., Dk for 1 ≤ k ≤ 5 be the separating triangles of G. Now consider the graph Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk with n − ns vertices and without separating triangles. By Theorem 3.36 there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk such 54 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

that k2F = 4. This means each face of Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk is incident to at least one edge of the hamiltonian cycle C. Since the embedding of a 4–connected maximal planar graph is unique, we embed Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk such that three other vertices form the exterior face. If we use the same geometric structure as C, we get a new hamiltonian cycle C 0. If we do this for each face of Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk , we get 2(n−ns)−4 different hamiltonian cycles. Since a hamiltonian cycle has two different orientations, we get 2(2(n − ns) − 4) = 4(n − ns) − 8 hamiltonian cycles. Now we have to insert the ns deleted vertices. We distinguish the following five cases.

Case 1: The graph H = Gin,D1 has four separating triangles. By Theorem 3.37 H is hamiltonian. Let the vertices a, b and c be the vertices of the separating triangle D1. If 00 Hout,D2,...,D5 has n < 7 vertices, then there exists a hamiltonian cycle C of Hout,D2,...,D5 such that the hamiltonian cycle passes through at least one of the edges ab, bc and ca. If

Hout,D2,...,D5 has n ≥ 7 vertices, then by Theorem 3.36 there exists a hamiltonian cycle 00 C of Hout,D2,...,D5 such that k2F = 4 and at least two 2-frontier faces have one edge in common. Now we have to prove that the hamiltonian cycle C 00 passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. We insert 4 new vertices each into the facial cycles

D2, D3, D4 and D5 of Hout,D2,...,D5 then joining the new vertex to every vertex incident with 0 the faces of D2, D3, D4 and D5 respectively. The new graph H is a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 4 separating triangles. Now we can extend the hamiltonian cycle C 00 of 000 0 000 000 Hout,D2,...,D5 to a hamiltonian cycle C of H . Thus we get k2F (C ) = 7 and kN (C ) = 3 with respect to the hamiltonian cycle C000. Then we can embed the graph H 0 on a sur- 000 face such that D1 is not the non-frontier face. Therefore, the hamiltonian cycle C passes through at least one edge of the edges ab, bc and ca. At last we have to replace the vertices in the facial cycles D2, D3, D4 and D5 by the graphs Gin,D2 − D2, Gin,D3 − D3, Gin,D4 − D4 and Gin,D5 − D5 respectively. Since Gin,Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 5 are maximal planar graph without separating triangles, the graphs Gin,Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 5 are hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,Di . Therefore, the graphs Gin,Di − Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 5 have a hamiltonian path in Gin,Di −Di. Now we replace the two edges which join the new vertices 000 to the hamiltonian cycle C by the hamiltonian paths in Gin,Di − Di with 2 ≤ i ≤ 5. Thus we get a hamiltonian cycle Civ which passes through at least one of the edges ab, bc iv and ca. C is a hamiltonian cycle of Gin,D1 . Without loss of generality, Gin,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = abcPin(c, a)a, where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − b between c and a. Without loss of generality, Civ passes through the edge ca. Then we iv replace the edge ca in the hamiltonian cycle C of Gout,D1,D2,...,D5 by the hamiltonian path

Pin(c, a) between c and a of Gin,D1 − b. Then the new cycle is a hamiltonian cycle of G.

Case 2: The graph H = Gin,D1 has three separating triangles D2, D3, D4. By Theorem 3.18 H is hamiltonian. Then analogically to Case 1 the graph G has a hamiltonian cycle.

Case 3: The graph H = Gin,D1 has two separating triangles D2, D3. By Theorem 3.17 H is hamiltonian. Then analogically to Case 1 the graph G has a hamiltonian cycle.

Case 4: The graph H = Gin,D1 has one separating triangle D2. By Theorem 3.16 H is hamiltonian. Then analogically to Case 1 the graph G has a hamiltonian cycle. 3.7. PANCYCLIC MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPH 55

Case 5: The graph H = Gin,D1 has no separating triangles. By Theorem 3.3 H is hamiltonian. Then analogically to Case 1 the graph G has a hamiltonian cycle. All the other mixed cases arise from the remaining cases. The number of hamiltonian cycles does not change, because we have only one edge replaced with a hamiltonian path in all cases.

Note that the previous result is not true for all maximal planar graphs with at most five separating triangles. As the condition n − ns ≥ 7 is very incising in the following sense. The set {v ∈ V (G) | v ∈ V (G) \ V (Gout,D1,D2,...,Dk )} can contain a lot of vertices, in the worst case ns = n − 4. The worst case occurs if the separating triangles are not disjoint. Moreover, if there are at least three disjoint separating triangles, Theorem 3.75 always holds.

As there are maximal planar graphs with more than five separating triangles that are non-hamiltonian, there are maximal planar graphs with Cn(G) = 0. Therefore, let G be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph on n vertices with k separating triangles for 6 ≤ k ≤ 8. Then the following question remains open. What is the minimum number of hamiltonian cycles that G could have in terms of n?

3.7 Pancyclic maximal planar graph

In this section we move away from the property that a graph contains one cycle of length only n and turn towards a problem determining when a graph G contains a cycle of each possible length l with 3 ≤ l ≤ n.

Definition 3.76 A graph G = (V, E) on n vertices is called pancyclic if it contains a cycle of each possible length l with 3 ≤ l ≤ n.

First we will prove that the more general class of hamiltonian planar triangulations is pancyclic.

Theorem 3.77 Let G = (V, E) be a hamiltonian planar triangulation. Then G is pan- cyclic.

Proof. For the proof we need the following two claims.

Claim 1. A planar triangulation T , whose vertices are all on XT , has at least two vertices of degree 2.

Proof of Claim 1. Consider a chord which separates the graph T into two parts. Choose one of those subgraphs and call this graph T1. Now consider inductively also a chord of T1. Continuing this approach, we get a graph which is a triangle. Since one vertex has the same degree as in the graph T , this vertex has degree 2. We can find the second vertex with degree 2 if we consider the other subgraph of the first separation. 56 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Claim 2. A planar triangulation T whose vertices are all on XT is pancyclic.

Proof of Claim 2. For the graph T = (V, E) with |V | = |XT | = n the exterior cy- cle XT is also a hamiltonian cycle. It follows from Claim 1 that there are at least two vertices of degree 2. Let v be one of these vertices. Let v1 and v2 be the vertices which are both adjacent to v. Since the boundary of every face of T is a triangle, except possibly the exterior face, the vertices v1 and v2 are adjacent. We replace the edges vv1 and vv2 0 in the hamiltonian cycle C with the edge v1v2, then we get a cycle C of length n − 1. Consider the graph T − v. This graph is also a planar triangulation with a hamiltonian cycle C0. Continuing this approach, we get cycles of length l with 3 ≤ l ≤ n. Therefore, T is pancyclic.

Let G be a hamiltonian planar triangulation. Let C be the hamiltonian cycle of G. We generate a new graph G0 by deleting all edges which are outside of the hamiltonian 0 cycle C. We get a planar triangulation G , whose vertices are all on XG0 . It follow from

Claim 2 that G0 is pancyclic. Then G is also pancyclic.

¨© 

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D H

6 0

G G

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

      7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 5 G

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D 6 H

 

¢ ¢ ¦§ 

£ £

3 3 3 3 3 ! ! ! ! ! ======'# '# ' ' % )/ )/ / / +

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > >       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C ($ ($ ( ( & *0 0 0 , 5

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

3 3 3 3 3 ! ! ! ! ! ======'# '# ' ' % )/ )/ / / +

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > >       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C ($ ($ ( ( & *0 0 0 ,

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

3 3 3 3 3 ! ! ! ! ! ======'# '# ' ' % )/ )/ / / +

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > >       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C ($ ($ ( ( & *0 0 0 ,

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

3 3 3 3 3 ! ! ! ! ! ======'# '# ' ' % )/ )/ / / +

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > >       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C ($ ($ ( ( & *0 0 0 ,

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

13 13 13 13 3 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! ?= ?= ?= ?= ?= = E E E E #'; #'; '; '; % ; )/A )/A /A /A + A

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > > 2 2 2 2 : : : : @ @ @ @ @ F F F F       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C ($ ($ ( ( & *0 0 0 , < < < < < B B B B

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

¡ ¤¥   

13 13 13 13 3 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! ?= ?= ?= ?= ?= = E E E E

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > > 2 2 2 2 : : : : @ @ @ @ @ F F F F       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

13 13 13 13 3 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! ?= ?= ?= ?= ?= = E E E E

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > > 2 2 2 2 : : : : @ @ @ @ @ F F F F       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

13 13 13 13 3 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! ?= ?= ?= ?= ?= = E E E E

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > > 2 2 2 2 : : : : @ @ @ @ @ F F F F       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

13 13 13 13 3 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! ?= ?= ?= ?= ?= = E E E E

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > > 2 2 2 2 : : : : @ @ @ @ @ F F F F       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

13 13 13 13 3 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! 9 ! =? =? =? =? =? = E E E E

4 4 4 4 4 " " " " " > > > > > > 2 2 2 2 : : : : @ @ @ @ @ F F F F       7 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C

      8 8 8 8 8 8 D D D D D

- - - -

. . . .

 

          

Figure 3.16: Hamiltonian maximal planar graph with related planar triangulation.

This theorem yields that the class of hamiltonian maximal planar graphs is also pan- cyclic.

Corollary 3.78 Let G = (V, E) be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph. Then G is pancyclic.

As not all maximal planar graphs are hamiltonian, we seek a stronger result. In 1979 S. L. Hakimi and E. F. Schmeichel [31] proved the following.

Theorem 3.79 (Hakimi and Schmeichel [31]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph. Let r be the length of the longest cycle in G. Then G contains a cycle of each possible length l, 3 ≤ l ≤ r.

Analogously to Definition 3.76 we consider the special case of pancyclic modulo k. 3.8. DELETION OF VERTICES 57

Definition 3.80 For any integer k, we define a graph G = (V, E) to be pancyclic modulo k if it contains a cycle of every length modulo k.

In 1991 N. Dean [23] showed the next result.

Theorem 3.81 (Dean [23]) Let G = (V, E) be a 3–connected planar graph (except K4) with minimum degree at least k. Then G is pancyclic modulo k.

This result yields the following corollary.

Corollary 3.82 i) Each MPG-4 graph is pancyclic modulo 4.

ii) Each MPG-5 graph is pancyclic modulo 5.

3.8 Deletion of vertices

M. D. Plummer [42] has conjectured that any graph obtained from a 4–connected planar graph by deleting one vertex has a hamiltonian cycle. This conjecture follows from Tutte’s Theorem as observed by D. A. Nelson [40]. In fact it also follows from Lemma 3.7 of C. Thomassen [51] that the deletion of any vertex from a 4–connected planar graph results in a hamiltonian graph.

Theorem 3.83 (Thomassen [51]) Let G be a 4–connected planar graph and let x be a vertex of G. Then G − x is hamiltonian.

D. A. Nelson [40] extended Thomassen’s Theorem 3.83.

Theorem 3.84 (Nelson [40]) Let G be a 4–connected planar graph and let x and y be any two vertices of G that lie on the same face boundary. Then G − x − y is hamiltonian.

M.D. Plummer [42] also conjectured that any graph obtained from a 4–connected planar graph by deleting two vertices has a hamiltonian cycle. This conjecture was proved by R. Thomas and X. Yu [50].

Theorem 3.85 (Thomas and Yu [50]) Let G be a 4–connected planar graph and let x and y be two vertices of G. Then G − x − y is hamiltonian.

Note that deleting three vertices from a 4–connected planar graph may result in a graph which is not 2–connected and hence has no hamiltonian cycle. However, D. P. Sanders [45] obtained a stronger version of Thomas and Yu’s result. This follows from Theorem 3.11 of D. P. Sanders.

Theorem 3.86 (Sanders [45]) Let G be a 4–connected planar graph and let x, y and z be the vertices of a triangle in G. Then G − x − y − z is hamiltonian.

Now the following question occurs; what happens if we delete one vertex from a 3– connected maximal planar graph with separating triangles? 58 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Theorem 3.87 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly one separating triangle and let x be a vertex of G. Then G − x is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let a, b and c be the vertices of the separating triangle D.

Case 1: Let x 6∈ D.

Subcase 1.1: Let x ∈ Gout,D. Consider Gin,D, a, b and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Since Gin,D is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.16 of Chen that Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = abcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − b between c and a. Next consider the graph Gout,D − x. Gout,D − x is a planar triangulation without separating triangles. Since G is 3–connected, Gout,D − x can only be 2–connected if the vertex x is adjacent to a vertex of degree three. Each vertex of degree three represents a simple separating triangle. Since there is only one separating triangle D and x 6∈ D, Gout,D − x is 3–connected. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. It follows from Corollary 4.23 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cout of Gout,D −x such that the edge ca is contained in E(Cout). Now we replace the edge ca by the path Pin(c, a) in the graph G−x. Then G−x has a hamiltonian cycle and G−x is hamiltonian.

Subcase 1.2: Let x ∈ Gin,D. Consider the graph Gout,D. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Lemma 1.10. Without loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = abcPout(c, a)a where Pout(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D − b between c and a. Next consider the graph Gin,D − x. Gin,D − x is a planar triangulation without sepa- rating triangles. It follows from Corollary 4.23 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cin of Gin,D − x such that the edge ca is contained in E(Cin). Now we replace the edge ca by the path Pout(c, a) in the graph G − x. Then G − x has a hamiltonian cycle and G − x is hamiltonian.

Case 2: Let x ∈ D.

Subcase 2.1: The vertex x is not adjacent to a vertex of degree three. The graph G − x is a 3–connected planar triangulation without separating triangles. It follows from Corollary 4.23 that G − x is hamiltonian.

Subcase 2.2: The vertex x is adjacent to a vertex of degree three. The graph G−x is a 2–connected planar triangulation without separating triangles. Without loss of generality, let x = b. Consider Gin,D, a, x and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Since Gin,D is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.16 of Chen that Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of gen- erality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = axcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − x between c and a. Consider the graph Gout,D. Note that a planar graph 3.8. DELETION OF VERTICES 59 can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Lemma 1.10. Without loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = axcPout(c, a)a where Pout(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D −x between c and a. Now we connect the two paths Pin(c, a) and Pout(c, a) to one cycle. This is a hamiltonian cycle in the graph G − x and the proof is complete

Now we can extend Theorem 3.87 to exactly two separating triangles.

Theorem 3.88 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly two separating triangles and let x be a vertex of G. Then G − x is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let D and T be the two separating triangles. Let a, b and c be the vertices of the separating triangle D.

Case 1: x does not belong to any separating triangle.

Subcase 1.1: T is inside the graph Gout,D.

Subcase 1.1.1: Let x ∈ Gout,D. Consider Gin,D. a, b and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Since Gin,D is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.16 of Chen that Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = abcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − b between c and a. Next consider the graph Gout,D. The graph Gout,D is maximal planar with one sep- arating triangle T . Let e, f and g be the vertices of the separating triangle T . The graph Gout,D,T is maximal planar without separating triangles. Let u, v and x be the vertices of a triangle F of the graph Gout,D,T . It follows from Corollary 3.22 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cout of Gout,D,T and edges ge ∈ E(T ) and ca ∈ E(D) such that ux, xv, ge, ca are distinct and contained in E(Cout). Consider the graph Gin,T . Since Gin,T is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.16 of Chen that Gin,T is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, 0 0 0 Gin,T has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = efgPin(g, e)e where Pin(g, e) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,T − f between g and e. Consider the triangle F . Since the hamiltonian cycle Cout of Gout,D,T contains the edges ux and xv, we can delete the vertex x. Since u and v are 0 adjacent, we get a hamiltonian cycle Cout of Gout,D,T − x which contains the edges ca and ge. Now we replace the edge ca by the path Pin(c, a) in the graph G − x and we replace 0 the edge ge by the path Pin(g, e) in the graph G − x. Then G − x has a hamiltonian cycle and G − x is hamiltonian.

Subcase 1.1.2: Let x ∈ Gin,D. Consider the graph Gout,D. Gout,D is a maximal planar graph with one separating triangle. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Lemma 1.10. It follows from Theorem 3.17 that Gout,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. With- out loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = abcPout(c, a)a where Pout(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D − b between c and a. Next consider the graph Gin,D − x. 60 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Gin,D − x is a planar triangulation without separating triangles. Since G is 3–connected, Gin,D − x can only be 2–connected if the vertex x is adjacent to a vertex of degree three. Each vertex of degree three represents a simple separating triangle. Since there is only one separating triangle D and x 6∈ D, Gin,D − x is 3–connected. a, b and c are the vertices of the triangle D. It follows from Corollary 4.23 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cin of Gin,D − x such that the edge ca is contained in E(Cin). Now we replace the edge ca by the path Pout(c, a) in the graph G − x. Then G − x has a hamiltonian cycle and G − x is hamiltonian.

Subcase 1.2: T is inside the graph Gin,D.

Subcase 1.2.1: Let x ∈ Gout,D. Consider Gin,D, a, b and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Since Gin,D is a maximal planar graph with one separating triangle, it follows from Theorem 3.17 that Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = abcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − b between c and a. Next consider the graph Gout,D. Gout,D − x is a planar triangulation without separat- ing triangles. Since G is 3–connected, Gout,D − x can only be 2–connected if the vertex x is adjacent to a vertex of degree three. Each vertex of degree three represents a simple separating triangle. Since there is only one separating triangle D and x 6∈ D, Gout,D − x is 3–connected. a, b and c are the vertices of the triangle D. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Lemma 1.10. It follows from Corollary 4.23 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cout of Gout,D − x such that the edge ca is contained in E(Cout). Now we replace the edge ca by the path Pin(c, a) in the graph G − x. Then G − x has a hamiltonian cycle and G − x is hamiltonian.

Subcase 1.2.2: Let x ∈ Gin,D. Consider Gout,D. Since Gout,D is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.16 of Chen that Gout,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = abcPout(c, a)a where Pout(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D −b between c and a. Next consider the graph Gin,D. Note that Gin,D is a maximal planar graph with one separating triangle T . Let e, f and g be the vertices of the separating triangle T . Define H = Gin,D and Gin,D,T = Hout,T . Then the graph Gin,D,T is a maximal pla- nar graph without separating triangles. Let F = {u, v, x} be a triangle of the graph Gin,D,T . It follows from Corollary 3.22 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cin of Gin,D,T and edges ge ∈ E(T ) and ca ∈ E(D) such that ux, xv, ge, ca are distinct and contained in E(Cin). Consider the graph Gin,T . Since Gin,T is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.16 of Chen that Gin,T is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gin,T has a hamiltonian cycle 0 0 0 Cin = efgPin(g, e)e where Pin(g, e) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,T − f between g and e. Consider the triangle F . Since the hamiltonian cycle Cin of Gin,D,T contains the edges ux and xv, we can delete the vertex x. Since u and v are adjacent, we get a hamilto- 0 nian cycle Cin of Gin,D,T − x which contains the edges ca and ge. Now we replace the 3.8. DELETION OF VERTICES 61

edge ca by the path Pout(c, a) in the graph G − x and replace the edge ge by the path 0 Pin(g, e) in the graph G−x. Then G−x has a hamiltonian cycle and G−x is hamiltonian.

Case 2: Without loss of generality, x ∈ D.

Subcase 2.1: T is inside the graph Gout,D. Without loss of generality, let x = b. Consider Gin,D, a, x and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Since Gin,D is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.16 of Chen that Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = axcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − x between c and a. Consider the graph Gout,D. Gout,D is a maximal planar graph with one separating triangle. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. It follows from Theorem 3.17 that Gout,D is hamiltonian for any two bound- ary edges. Without loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = axcPout(c, a)a where Pout(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D − x between c and a. Now we connect the two paths Pin(c, a) and Pout(c, a) to one cycle. This is a hamiltonian cycle in the graph G − x and G − x is hamiltonian.

Subcase 2.2: T is inside the graph Gin,D. Without loss of generality, let x = b. Con- sider Gin,D, a, x and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Since Gin,D is a maximal planar graph with one separating triangle, it follows from Theorem 3.17 that Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = axcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D − x between c and a. Consider the graph Gout,D. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. Without loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = axcPout(c, a)a where Pout(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D −x between c and a. Now we connect the two paths Pin(c, a) and Pout(c, a) to one cycle. This is a hamiltonian cycle in the graph G − x and the proof is complete.

We can extend Theorem 3.88 to exactly three separating triangles, if we assume that the deleted vertex x belongs to one of the separating triangles. The problem of whether G − x is hamiltonian if the deleted vertex x belongs to the interior or exterior of one separating triangle is still open.

Theorem 3.89 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G be a maximal planar graph with exactly three separating triangles and let x be a vertex of one of these separating triangles of G. Then G − x is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let D be one separating triangle and let a, b and c be the vertices of the sepa- rating triangle D. Without loss of generality, x ∈ D and without loss of generality, let x = b. Consider Gin,D. a, x and c are the vertices of the exterior cycle of Gin,D. Since Gin,D is a maximal planar graph with at most two separating triangles, it follows from Theorem 3.27 that Gin,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of 62 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

generality, Gin,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = axcPin(c, a)a where Pin(c, a) is a hamil- tonian path of Gin,D − x between c and a. Next consider the graph Gout,D. Gout,D is a maximal planar graph with at most two separating triangles. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Lemma 1.10. It follows from Theorem 3.27 that Gout,D is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gout,D has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = axcPout(c, a)a where Pout(c, a) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,D −x between c and a. Now we connect the two paths Pin(c, a) and Pout(c, a)to one cycle. This is a hamiltonian cycle in the graph G − x and G − x is hamiltonian.

The next example shows that the deletion of one vertex from a maximal planar graph with four separating triangles may result in a graph which has no hamiltonian cycle.

Example 3.90 (Birchel and Helden [10]) The left side of Figure 3.17 shows a hamiltonian maximal planar graph G with four separating triangles. The right side of Figure 3.17 shows a non-hamiltonian planar triangulation G − x with one separating triangle after the deletion of the vertex x. Since the adjacent vertices a, b and c have degree two, these vertices imply a cycle. Thus it is not possible to form a hamiltonian cycle in the graph

G − x. Note that the vertex x belongs to three separating triangles.

?¡?¡?

#$ ¡

¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

?¡?¡?

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e 5¡5¡5G¡G¡GK¡K¡K q¡q¡q¡qQ¡Q¡Q¡Q7¡7¡7 Y¡Y¡Y¡Y[¡[¡[¡[ S¡S¡S

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

¥¦ §¨ %& ¡ !¡!

"¡"

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1 k¡k¡k ]¡]¡]¡]g¡g¡g¡g

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 l¡l¡l ^¡^¡^h¡h¡h¡h @¡@¡@

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e 5¡5¡5G¡G¡GK¡K¡K q¡q¡q¡qQ¡Q¡Q¡Q7¡7¡7 Y¡Y¡Y¡Y[¡[¡[¡[ S¡S¡S

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

n¡n¡n

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e 5¡5¡5G¡G¡GK¡K¡K q¡q¡q¡qQ¡Q¡Q¡Q7¡7¡7 Y¡Y¡Y¡Y[¡[¡[¡[ S¡S¡S

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

n¡n¡n

¡

¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e 5¡5¡5K¡K¡K Q¡Q¡Q¡Q7¡7¡7 Y¡Y¡Y¡Y S¡S¡S

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e 5¡5¡5K¡K¡K Q¡Q¡Q¡Q7¡7¡7 Y¡Y¡Y¡Y S¡S¡S

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

j

©

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( c

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e 5¡5¡5K¡K¡K Q¡Q¡Q¡Q7¡7¡7 Y¡Y¡Y¡Y S¡S¡S

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

I¡I ij

J¡J

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e K¡K¡K Q¡Q¡Q¡Q Y¡Y¡Y¡Y S¡S¡S

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

I¡I x

J¡J

¡  

¡ ¡ 

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

4¡4¡4 a b

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡= 3¡3¡3 o¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;e¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

¡

¡

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2

M¡M O W¡WU¡U

N¡N P V¡VX

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E3¡3¡3 C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡Co¡o¡oA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_a¡a¡a¡a¡a¡a¡a¡a9¡9¡9¡9;¡;¡;¡;c¡c¡c¡c¡c¡c¡c¡c¡ce¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> 4¡4¡4 p¡p¡p B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` :¡:¡:<¡<¡<¡

¡ '¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡ /¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1¡1

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡, 0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2¡2 ¢¡¢ £¤ ¡ 

=¡=¡=¡=¡=¡=E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E¡E C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡C¡CA¡A¡A¡A¡A¡A _¡_¡_¡_¡_a¡a¡a¡a¡a¡a¡a¡ac¡c¡c¡c¡c¡c¡c¡c¡ce¡e¡e¡e¡e¡e

>¡>¡>¡>¡>¡> B¡B¡B¡B¡B `¡`¡`¡`¡` f¡f¡f¡f¡f¡f F¡F¡F¡F¡F¡F¡F¡F¡F D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D¡D b¡b¡b¡b¡b¡b¡b¡bd¡d¡d¡d¡d¡d¡d¡d¡d

)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) -¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡* .¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

Figure 3.17: Hamiltonian maximal planar graph G and non-hamiltonian graph G − x.

Now the following question occurs; what happens if we delete two vertices from a 3–connected maximal planar graph with separating triangles?

Theorem 3.91 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G = (V, E) be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with at least one separating triangle and let x and y be two vertices of one of these separating triangles of G. Then G − x − y is non-hamiltonian.

Proof. Let x, y and z be the vertices of the separating triangle T . Then there is a sub- graph Tin = Gin,T − V (T ), see Figure 3.18. After the deletion of x and y there is only 3.8. DELETION OF VERTICES 63

the possibility by z on a hamiltonian cycle to get into the subgraph Tin. After running through the subgraph we must leave it again. However, this is possible only by the vertex z. This leads to a contradiction.

x y x y

¡ ¢£ ¤¥ ¦§

    

         

    

         

    

         

    

         

    

         

         

     Tin Tin

    

         

    

         

    

         

    

         

    

         

    

         

¨© z z

Figure 3.18: Deletion of an edge of a separating triangle.

However, if we assume that exactly one vertex belongs to the separating triangle, we can prove the following.

Theorem 3.92 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with exactly one separating triangle. If exactly one vertex of two vertices x and y belongs to the separating triangle, then G − x − y is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let u, v and x be the vertices of the separating triangle T .

Case 1: The vertex y is inside the graph Gin,T . Consider the graph Gin,T −y. Gin,T −y is a planar triangulation without separating triangles. Since G is 3–connected, Gin,T − y can only be 2–connected if the vertex y is adjacent to a vertex of degree three. Each vertex of degree three represents a simple separating triangle. Since there is only one separating triangle T and y does not belong to T , Gin,T − y is 3–connected. u, v and x are the vertices of the triangle T . It follows from Corollary 4.23 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cin of Gin,T − y such that the edge uv is contained in E(Cin). Next consider the graph Gout,T . Gout,T is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. It follows from Theorem 3.16 that Gout,T is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gout,T has a hamiltonian cycle Cout = uxvPout(v, u)u where Pout(v, u) is a hamiltonian path of Gout,T −x between v and u. Now we replace the edge uv by the path Pout(v, u) in the graph G−x−y. This is a hamiltonian cycle in the graph G−x−y and G−x−y is hamiltonian.

Case 2: The vertex y is inside the graph Gout,T . Consider the graph Gout,T − y. Gout,T − y is a planar triangulation without separating triangles. Since G is 3–connected, Gout,T − y can only be 2–connected if the vertex y is adjacent to a vertex of degree three. 64 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Each vertex of degree three represents a simple separating triangle. Since there is only one separating triangle T and y does not belong to T , Gout,T − y is 3–connected. u, v and x are the vertices of the triangle T . It follows from Corollary 4.23 that there exists a hamiltonian cycle Cout of Gout,T − y such that the edge uv is contained in E(Cout). Next consider the graph Gin,T . Gin,T is a maximal planar graph without separating triangles. Note that a planar graph can always be embedded in a surface such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face, see Chiba and Nishizeki [19]. It follows from Theorem 3.16 that Gin,T is hamiltonian for any two boundary edges. Without loss of generality, Gin,T has a hamiltonian cycle Cin = uxvPin(v, u)u where Pin(v, u) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,T −x between v and u. Now we replace the edge uv by the path Pin(v, u) in the graph G−x−y. This is a hamiltonian cycle in the graph G−x−y and G−x−y is hamiltonian.

The problem of whether G − x − y is hamiltonian, if the deleted vertices x and y both do not belong to the separating triangle is still open. Theorem 3.92 provides the next immediate corollary, since the vertex which belongs to the separating triangle destroys this separating triangle and we get a planar triangulation without separating triangles.

Corollary 3.93 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G be a 3–connected planar triangulation without separating triangles and let x be a vertex of G. Then G − x is hamiltonian.

If for a maximal planar graph G with exactly one separating triangle and for two non-adjacent vertices x and y which do not belong to the separating triangle, the graph G − x − y is hamiltonian, then for a 3–connected planar triangulation G with exactly one separating triangle and for a vertex x, the graph G − x is hamiltonian.

Now we consider two separating triangles. The next example shows that the deletion of two vertices from a maximal planar graph with exactly two separating triangles may result in a graph which has no hamiltonian cycle.

Example 3.94 (Birchel and Helden [10]) The left side of Figure 3.19 shows a hamiltonian maximal planar graph G with two separating triangles. The right side of Figure 3.19 shows a non-hamiltonian planar triangulation G − u − v without separating triangles after the deletion of the non-adjacent vertices u and v. Note that both vertices u and v belong to a separating triangle.

Anyway the following result can be proved.

Theorem 3.95 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G be a hamiltonian maximal planar graph with at most two separating triangles T1 and T2 and let x and y be two adjacent vertices of G that do not lie on any separating triangle. If the graph G − x − y is 3–connected, then G − x − y is hamiltonian.

Proof. Since x and y are adjacent, we get a planar triangulation after the deletion of both vertices. If x and y lie on a separating 4-cycle, then G − x − y is only 2–connected. Note that each vertex cut of a maximal planar graph is a cycle. If we assume that there is a chordal 4-cut, a cycle arises, because both edges which lie on the exterior face are

3.9. CLAW-FREE MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPH 65

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

£¡£¤ ¡

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

A¡A¡A

S

¥¡¥¦ ¡

G I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

H J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

/¡/¡/¡/=¡=1¡1¡1¡1 Y¡Y¡Y[¡[¡[ 9

>¡>B¡B¡B Z¡Z¡Z\¡\¡\ 0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2 :

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

A¡A¡A

S

I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

/¡/¡/¡/=¡=1¡1¡1¡1 Y¡Y¡Y[¡[¡[ 9

>¡>B¡B¡B Z¡Z¡Z\¡\¡\ 0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2 :

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

A¡A¡A

S

I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

/¡/¡/¡/=¡=1¡1¡1¡1 Y¡Y¡Y[¡[¡[ 9

>¡>B¡B¡B Z¡Z¡Z\¡\¡\ 0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2 :

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

A¡A¡A

S

¡ 

I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

]¡]¡]

/¡/¡/¡/=¡=1¡1¡1¡1 ^¡^¡^ 9

>¡>B¡B¡B 0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2 :

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

?¡?¡? ;¡;C¡C¡C E¡E

A¡A¡A @¡@¡@ <¡

S

I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

© 

]¡]¡]

/¡/¡/¡/=¡=1¡1¡1¡1 ^¡^¡^ 9

>¡>B¡B¡B 0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2 :

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

?¡?¡? ;¡;C¡C¡C E¡E

@¡@¡@ <¡

S

I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

¡]¡]¡]

/¡/¡/¡/1¡1¡1¡1 ^¡^¡^ 9

0¡0¡0¡02¡2¡2¡2 :

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

?¡?¡? ;¡;C¡C¡C E¡E

@¡@¡@ <¡

S

¡ §¡§¨ !¡!

¡ "¡"

I¡I¡I¡IK¡K¡K¡K (¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

J¡J¡J¡JL¡L¡L¡L T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

u )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)v

7¡7¡7¡7¡78¡8¡8¡8 3¡3¡3¡35¡5¡5¡5 M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

4¡4¡4¡46¡6¡6¡6 N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

9

:

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

3¡3¡3¡35¡5¡5¡5 M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

4¡4¡4¡46¡6¡6¡6 N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

9

:

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

3¡3¡3¡35¡5¡5¡5 M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

4¡4¡4¡46¡6¡6¡6 N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

9

:

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

3¡3¡3¡35¡5¡5¡5 M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

4¡4¡4¡46¡6¡6¡6 N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

9

:

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

S

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

3¡3¡3¡35¡5¡5¡5 M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

4¡4¡4¡46¡6¡6¡6 N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

9

:

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

¡S 

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡UW¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W

T &¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡VX¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X

¡ ¢

3¡3¡3¡35¡5¡5¡5 M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

4¡4¡4¡46¡6¡6¡6 N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

9

:

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q

S `¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡UW¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W

&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡VX¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X

M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q

`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡UW¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W

&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡VX¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X

M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q

`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡UW¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W

&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡VX¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X

M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%

_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q

`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R

(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡(¡( +¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+¡+-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-¡-

U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡U¡UW¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W¡W

&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡&¡& )¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡)¡) ,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,¡,.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.¡.

V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡V¡VX¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X¡X

M¡M¡M¡M¡M O¡O¡O¡O¡O¡O

N¡N¡N¡N¡N P¡P¡P¡P¡P

#$ %¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%¡%  

_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_¡_Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q¡Q

`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`¡`R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R¡R

'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡'¡' *¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*¡*

Figure 3.19: Deletion of two vertices of a maximal planar graph with two separating triangles. incident anyway, because the exterior face is bounded by a 3-cycle. Since G − x − y is 3–connected, G − x − y is hamiltonian by Theorem 4.27.

Now we consider three separating triangles. The next example shows that the deletion of two vertices from a maximal planar graph with exactly three separating triangles may result in a graph which has no hamiltonian cycle.

Example 3.96 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Figure 3.20 shows a hamiltonian maximal pla- nar graph G with three separating triangles. The left side of Figure 3.21 shows a non- hamiltonian planar triangulation G − u − v with one separating triangle after the deletion of the adjacent vertices u and v. The right side of Figure 3.21 shows a non-hamiltonian planar triangulation G − u − w without separating triangles after the deletion of the non- adjacent vertices u and w. Note that all three vertices u, v and w belong to a separating triangle.

An additional condition which we could demand would be that we have only simple separating triangles Ti in the graph. This means Gin,Ti would be the K4, or in other words only vertices of degree three form separating triangles. Now we determine one of these vertices of degree three as one of the vertices to be deleted. Then we can consider that the deletion of a vertex of degree three does not transform a maximal planar graph into a planar triangulation. The consideration for the second vertex, which we would like to delete, can be led back in the case of deletion of only one vertex of a maximal planar graph with i − 1 separating triangles.

3.9 Claw-free maximal planar graph

Definition 3.97 A graph G is claw-free if it contains no induced subgraph isomorphic to the complete K1,3.

66 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

¤ ¤

¥ ¥

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

¤ ¤

¥ ¥

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

¦ ¦

§ §

                 = = = + = + + + *

                > > > > , , ,

/ / " / " E$ / " $ $ 

0 0 0 # 0 # % % 

                 = = = + = + + +

                > > > > , , ,

/ / " / " E$ / " $ $ 

0 0 0 # 0 # % % 

                 = = = + = + + +

                > > > > , , ,

/ / " / " E$ / " $ $ 

0 0 0 # 0 # % % 

                 = = = + = + + +

                > > > > , , ,

/ / " / " E$ / " $ $ 

0 0 0 # 0 # % % 

F F F & & & ( (

G G G ! ! ' ' ) )

                 = = = + = + + +

                > > > > , , ,

¨© 

/ / " / " $E / " $ $ 

0 0 0 # 0 # % % 

F F F & & & ( (

G G G ! ! ' ' ) )

                 = = = + = + + +

                > > > > , , ,

9 9

/ / / E /   

0 0 0 0   

F F F & & & ( (

G G G ! ! ' ' ) )

 

 

                 = = = + = + + +

                > > > > , , ,

? ? ? ? ? ------3 3 3 H1 3 1 1 1 5 5 5 7 5 7 7 

@ @ @ @ @ ...... 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 8 8 9: 9: 6 6 6 6

u w

; ; ;

                

< <

               

? ? ? ? ? ------3 3 3 H1 3 1 1 1 7 7 7

@ @ @ @ @ ...... 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 8 8 : :



; ; ;

                

< <

               

? ? ? ? ? ------3 3 3 H1 3 1 1 1

@ @ @ @ @ ...... 4 4 4 4 2 2 2

; ; ;

                

< <

               

? ? ? ? ? ------3 3 3 H1 3 1 1 1

@ @ @ @ @ ...... 4 4 4 4 2 2 2

; ; ;

                

< <

               

? ? ? ? ? ------3 3 3 H1 3 1 1 1

@ @ @ @ @ ...... 4 4 4 4 2 2 2

; ; ;

                

< <

               

A A A A A A A C A C C C C C C C C

B B B B B B B B D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ------3 3 3 1H 3 1 1 1

@ @ @ @ @ ...... 4 4 4 4 2 2 2

¢ ¢

£ £

; ; ;

                

< <

               

A A A A A A A C A C C C C C C C C

B B B B B B B B D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ------

@ @ @ @ @ ......

                

               

A A A A A A A C A C C C C C C C C

B B B B B B B B D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ------

@ @ @ @ @ ......

                

               

A A A A A A A C A C C C C C C C C

B B B B B B B B D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? - - - - -

v -

@ @ @ @ @ ......

                

               

A A A A A A A C A C C C C C C C C

B B B B B B B B D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ------

@ @ @ @ @ ......

¡ 

              

              

Figure 3.20: A maximal planar graph with three separating triangles.

MNMO ^N^_

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

PNPQ fNfg

‡ ‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ˆ ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

“N“N“—N—N— NzNzNzNzNN£

”N”N”˜N˜N˜ €N€{N{N{N{‚N‚N‚¤

‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

“N“N“—N—N— NzNzNzNzNN£

”N”N”˜N˜N˜ €N€{N{N{N{‚N‚N‚¤

‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

“N“N“—N—N— NzNzNzNzNN£

”N”N”˜N˜N˜ €N€{N{N{N{‚N‚N‚¤

hNhi jk

‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

•N•N•™N™N™

NzNzNzNzNN£ –N–N–šNšNš

€N€{N{N{N{‚N‚N‚¤

N

‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

KL RS

•N•N•™N™N™

NzNzNzNzNN£ –N–N–šNšNš

€N€{N{N{N{‚N‚N‚¤

}N}ƒNƒNƒ

N ~N~„N„N„ †N†

‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

•N•N•dNd™N™N™e

zNzNzNz£ –N–N–šNšNš

{N{N{N{¤

}N}ƒNƒNƒ

~N~„N„N„ †N†

›N›N›

œNœNœ

TNTU XNX

YNY

‰N‰N‰N‰  nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

ŠNŠNŠNŠ Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

|N|N|N| ¡N¡N¡ ŸNŸ ‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

¢N¢N¢ N ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

›N›N›

œNœNœ

 nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

¡N¡N¡ ŸNŸ ‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

¢N¢N¢ N ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

›N›N›

œNœNœ

 nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

¡N¡N¡VW ŸNŸ lm ‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

¢N¢N¢ N ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

NN

žNžNž

 nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

NN

žNžNž

 nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

bNbNNc

žNžNž

 nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

NNNNNNN‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘

Ž oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

NNNNNNN’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’

‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

NNNNNNN‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘

oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

NNNNNNN’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’

‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

NNNNNNN‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘

oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

NNNNNNN’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’

‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

NNNNNNN‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘

oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

NNNNNNN’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’

‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

nNnNnNnNnNnNnNnrNrNrNrNrNrNrNrNr vNvNvNvNvNvNvNvxNxNxNxNxNxNxNxNx

NNNNNNN‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘N‘

oNoNoNoNoNoNoNosNsNsNsNsNsNsNsNs wNwNwNwNwNwNwNwyNyNyNyNyNyNyNyNy

NNNNNNN’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’N’

‹N‹N‹N‹N‹N‹

ŒNŒNŒNŒNŒ

IJ Z[ \] `a

pNpNpNpNpNpNpNpNpNpNpNpNpNpNp tNtNtNtNtNtNtNtNtNtNtNtNtNtNt

qNqNqNqNqNqNqNqNqNqNqNqNqNqNq uNuNuNuNuNuNuNuNuNuNuNuNuNuNu

Figure 3.21: G − u − v G − u − w.

In 1990 M. D. Plummer showed that every arbitrary 3–connected claw-free and planar graph G has maximum degree at most six.

Theorem 3.98 (Plummer [43]) If G is 3–connected claw-free and planar, then i) ∆(G) ≤ 6, and ii) if a vertex v has degree 6 in G then v lies on at least two separating triangles.

Note that the graph need not be maximal planar. This theorem yields the following immediate corollary.

Corollary 3.99 If G is a 3–connected claw-free and planar graph without separating tri- angles, then ∆(G) ≤ 5.

We are now prepared to find all claw-free maximal planar graphs containing no sepa- rating triangle. 3.9. CLAW-FREE MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPH 67

Theorem 3.100 (Plummer [43]) Let G be a claw-free maximal planar graph without separating triangles.

i) If ∆(G) = 2, then G = K3.

ii) If ∆(G) = 3, then G = K4.

iii) If ∆(G) = 4, then G is the octahedron, see Figure 2.2.

iv) If ∆(G) = 5, then G is one of the five graphs G(7), G(8), G(9), G(10) shown in Figure 3.22 or G is the icosahedron, see Figure 2.3.

G(7) G(8)

G(9) G(10)

Figure 3.22: Claw-free maximal planar graphs without separating triangles for 7 ≤ n ≤ 10. 68 CHAPTER 3. HAMILTONICITY OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS

Now we want to know whether claw-free maximal planar graphs are hamiltonian. In 1973 F. Ewald [28] proved the following result.

Theorem 3.101 (Ewald [28]) If G is a planar triangulation with ∆(G) ≤ 6, then G is hamiltonian.

Using this result of F. Ewald, our next result is immediate.

Theorem 3.102 If G is a claw-free maximal planar graph, then G is hamiltonian.

By using the fact that maximal planar graphs are locally 2–connected, M. D. Plummer was able to prove a stronger result.

Theorem 3.103 (Plummer [43]) If G is a claw-free maximal planar graph, then G is hamiltonian-connected.

At the end of this chapter we will summarise some of the results we have achieved, see Table 3.1. First we consider the results of Section 3.6, Furthermore, we summarise some of the results we have achieved in Section 3.8 and in Section 3.1. In Table 3.1. G = (V, E) is a maximal planar graph with k separating triangles D1, D2, ..., Dk and x, y, z ∈ V (G).

k G G − x G − x − y G − x − y − z Cn(G)

Thm 3.3 Thm 3.83 Thm 3.85 Thm 3.86 Thm 3.73 0 hamiltonian hamiltonian hamiltonian hamiltonian if 4n − 8 x, y, z one face Thm 3.15 Thm 3.87 Figure 3.18 — Thm 3.75 1 hamiltonian hamiltonian non-hamiltonian 4(n − ns) − 8

Thm 3.18 Thm 3.88 Figure 3.19 — Thm 3.75 2 hamiltonian hamiltonian non-hamiltonian 4(n − ns) − 8

Thm 3.29 Thm 3.89 Figure 3.21 — Thm 3.75 3 hamiltonian hamiltonian if non-hamiltonian 4(n − ns) − 8 x ∈ Dk Thm 3.37 Figure 3.17 — — Thm 3.75 4 hamiltonian non-hamiltonian 4(n − ns) − 8

Thm 3.38 — — — Thm 3.75 5 hamiltonian 4(n − ns) − 8

Table 3.1: Summary of some of the results of this chapter Chapter 4

Hamiltonicity of planar triangulations

In this chapter we turn to general planar triangulations. Certainly each maximal planar graph is a planar triangulation. Before discussing results related to planar triangulation in more detail in the later sections, I will briefly explain some properties of planar triangu- lations in the first section. The second section of this chapter deals with general results on 2–connected planar triangulations. In the third section we focus on 3–connected planar triangulations and the last section concentrates on 4–connected planar triangulations.

4.1 Properties of planar triangulations

In this section we study some properties of planar triangulations. We start this section with a simple, but very useful lemma.

Lemma 4.1 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let T be a planar triangulation. If a minimal k–cut S of T divides T into two components, then S is connected.

Proof. Since the exterior cycle XT of T is 2–connected, the minimal k–cut S contains at least two vertices. Consider one vertex x ∈ S. Since the k–cut is minimal, x is connected to each component of T −S. If this was not the case, this would mean that this vertex of S could be deleted in S, this would lead to a contradiction. We denote the two components of T − S with Y and Z, see Figure 4.1. Let y1, y2, ..., yk ∈ Y and z1, z2, ..., zm ∈ Z be the neighbors of x. Since the boundary of every face of T is a triangle, except possibly the exterior face, the vertices yk and z1 are adjacent. This would mean that Y and Z are not two components, which would prove a contradiction. Therefore, there must be a further neighbor of between yk and z1 which belongs to the k–cut S. The desired result follows inductively.

We proceed with an easy observation.

Observation 4.2 A planar triangulation is at least 2–connected.

69

70 CHAPTER 4. HAMILTONICITY OF PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS

¢ ¢ £

Y £ Z

¡

yk z1

¨ ¨ ©

© x

¦§ ¤¥ ¤ zm y1

Figure 4.1: A separating subgraph.

Proof. Let T be a planar triangulation. Since the exterior cycle XT of T is a cycle, T is at least 2–connected.

Note that maximal planar graphs on at least four vertices have minimal degree at least three or minimal degree at most five. Since the deletion of a vertex of a maximal planar graph provides a planar triangulation, we get the following observation.

Observation 4.3 Let T be a planar triangulation then

δ(T ) ∈ {2, 3, 4, 5}.

This observation provides a very interesting corollary.

Corollary 4.4 Let T be a planar triangulation. Then T is at most 5–connected.

Moreover, we get the following result.

Lemma 4.5 Let T be a planar triangulation and let x ∈ V (T ) be a vertex of degree two. Then x is on the exterior cycle XT of T .

Proof. Let T be a planar triangulation and let x ∈ V (T ) be a vertex of degree two. Assume x is not on the exterior cycle XT of T . Then x belongs to a facial cycle F . Since T is a planar triangulation, each facial cycle is a triangle. Since x has degree 2, F is not a triangle. This contradiction provides the claim. 4.2. 2–CONNECTED PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS 71

4.2 2–connected planar triangulations

In 1990 M. B. Dillencourt [24] generalized Whitney’s Theorem 3.3 in a different direction, to some of the graphs that he called NST–triangulations. M. B. Dillencourt defined NST– triangulations to be those planar graphs that are almost triangulations in the sense that every face is a triangle except one, the exterior face, and those which have no separating triangles. Note that an NST–triangulation need not even be 3–connected. For Theorem 4.7 we need the following definition.

Definition 4.6 We define the boundary graph derived from a planar triangulation T , denoted BG(T ), to be the subgraph induced by the boundary vertices of T .

Then M. B. Dillencourt [24] showed the following.

Theorem 4.7 (Dillencourt [24]) If T is an NST–triangulation such that the boundary of each face of the boundary graph BG(T ) of T has at most three chordal edges, then T is hamiltonian.

The previous Theorem 4.7 provides the following two corollaries.

Corollary 4.8 If an NST–triangulation T has at most three chords, then T is hamilto- nian.

Corollary 4.9 If an NST–triangulation T has at most seven boundary vertices, then T is hamiltonian.

Proof. Suppose T is a non-hamiltonian NST–triangulation. By Theorem 4.7 some face F of the boundary graph BG(T ) must have at least four chordal edges. Each of these chordal edges is a chord of T , and hence separates F from some boundary vertex, a differ- ent boundary vertex for each chord. These four vertices plus the at least four endpoints of the chords, constitute at least eight distinct boundary vertices. This is a contradiction.

Note that a 2–cut of a 2–connected planar triangulation is always connected. There- fore, 2–cuts are always chords. Now we study how many chords are allowed to occur and their location, so that a hamiltonian cycle can be found. Therefore, we give a new definition.

Definition 4.10 Let T be a 2–connected planar triangulation and C(T ) be the set of ver- tices of chords of G. Consider H = T − C(T ). H decomposes into several components. Now we add the chords to each corresponding component in the following sense. A com- ponent K of T − C(T ) together with all vertices of H adjacent to vertices of K and all edges with one end in H and the other in K. Now we add the chords to each component. We call the subgraphs obtained from this decomposition the chordal-subgraphs of T .

Note that chordal-subgraphs are also planar triangulations, whereas the boundary graphs are almost 2–connected planar graphs. Now we have to analyse the different forms of the chordal-subgraphs. 72 CHAPTER 4. HAMILTONICITY OF PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS

Lemma 4.11 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let T be a 2–connected NST–triangulation. The chordal-subgraphs of T can have the following structures. a) The subgraph is 3–connected.

b) The subgraph is a 3–cycle whose vertices are boundary vertices. Then there are three possibilities.

i) Exactly one edge is a chord, see Figure 4.2, 1). ii) Exactly two edges are chords, see Figure 4.2, 2).

iii) All three edges are chords, see Figure 4.2, 3).



¥ ©



¤¥ ¨©

 

¤ ¨





















¡



 



¡



 















§



£



¦§



¢£



¦

¢

1) 2) 3)

Figure 4.2: Three 3–cycles as chordal-subgraphs.

Now we can prove the following result.

Theorem 4.12 (Birchel and Helden [10]) If T is a 2–connected NST–triangulation such that each chordal-subgraph of T has at most three chordal edges, then T is hamiltonian.

Proof. Theorem 4.7 of Dillencourt shows that a NST–triangulation T is hamiltonian if the boundary of each face of the boundary graph BG(T ) of T has at most three chordal edges. The vertices of one face of the boundary graph BG(T ) correspond to the vertices of the exterior cycle XU of one chordal-subgraph U. Since the chordal-subgraphs are constructed with the aid of the chords we can transfer the claim.

The statement of Theorem 4.12 can be extended under certain conditions.

Theorem 4.13 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let T be a 2–connected NST–triangulation. Let k = xy be a chordal edge of T such that k is a boundary edge of a chordal-subgraph U with dT (x) > 3 and dT (y) > 3. If each chordal-subgraph has at most three such chordal edges of T in their exterior cycles, then T is hamiltonian.

Proof. We consider two cases.

Case 1: In the first case we consider all graphs whose chordal-subgraphs have only chordal edges whose incident vertices have a degree of at least four. The claim follows from Theorem 4.12. 4.3. 3–CONNECTED PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS 73

Case 2: In the second case we consider all graphs which have at least one chordal- subgraph with at least one chordal edge and at least one incident vertex to the chordal edge has degree three. Consider this chordal-subgraph U. Let without loss of generality x be one vertex with degree three dT (x) = 3, see Figure 4.3. It is necessary that dU (x) = 2. Lemma 4.11 provides that U is a 3–cycle, since U is 2–connected. It follows from Theorem 4.12 that U has a hamiltonian cycle. This means the chord k belongs to the hamiltonian cycle. The other chordal-subgraphs also have hamiltonian cycles. If the chordal-subgraph is 2–connected, the claim also follows from Theorem 4.12. If the chordal-subgraph is 3–connected, the claim follows from Corollary 4.23. The exterior cycle of this chordal- subgraph has at least four vertices. Therefore, there are hamiltonian cycles containing three edges of the exterior cycles of these chordal-subgraphs. Now we join all hamiltonian cycles of the chordal-subgraphs together. We delete all chords of the chordal-subgraphs in the hamiltonian cycles. Instead we use the adjacent sub-cycles of the adjacent chordal- subgraphs. Since we have at most three chordal edges in 3–connected chordal-subgraphs, we get a hamiltonian cycle C of T .

x

¡ ¤ ¤ ¢£

¥ ¥









 

 k







   

  



   

  

     

   

     

   



   

  

     

   

     

   



   

  

   

  

¨ ¨ ¦§

     

© ©

   

     

     y

Figure 4.3: A vertex of a chordal edge with degree three.

Thus we obtain the following easy corollary.

Corollary 4.14 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let T be a 2–connected NST–triangulation. Let k = xy be a chordal edge of T such that k is a boundary edge of a chordal-subgraph U with dT (x) = 3 or dT (y) = 3. Each chordal-subgraph U can have infinitely many such chords in XU . If each chordal-subgraph has at most three other chordal edges of T in their exterior cycles, then T is hamiltonian.

The example of Figure 4.4 shows that the theorems above cannot be improved. The example has exactly four chords and eight boundary vertices.

4.3 3–connected planar triangulations

In this section we will consider planar triangulations without chords.

Lemma 4.15 Let G be a planar triangulation without chords. Then G is 3–connected. 74 CHAPTER 4. HAMILTONICITY OF PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS

Figure 4.4: A non-hamiltonian NST–triangulation.

If a graph G is 3–connected and planar, then Lemma 4.15 holds reversely. Naturally, for a planar triangulation without chords it is of significance to consider all possible 3–cuts. So we give the following definition.

Definition 4.16 Let T = (V, E) be a planar triangulation and let a subset S ⊂ V (G) with |S| = 3 be not an induced cycle. If T − S is not connected, then S is called chordal 3–cut.

Note that a 3–cut in a planar triangulation is always a separating triangle or a chordal 3–cut.

Lemma 4.17 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let T = (V, E) be a planar triangulation and let S be a chordal 3–cut. Then exactly two vertices of S are boundary vertices of T .

Proof. The exterior cycle XT of a planar triangulation is at least 2–connected. So we need at least two non-adjacent boundary vertices whose removal causes XT to become disconnected.

In 1990 M. B. Dillencourt [24] proved the next result.

Theorem 4.18 (Dillencourt [24]) If an NST–triangulation T has no chords, then T is hamiltonian.

Theorem 4.18 provides the following corollary.

Corollary 4.19 Let G = (V, E) be a 3–connected NST–triangulation. Then G is hamil- tonian.

In 1996 D. P. Sanders introduced the following definition.

Definition 4.20 Let G be a planar graph. An interior component 3–cut S of G is a minimal k–cut of G such that |S| = 3 and that there is a component of G − S that contains no boundary vertices of G.

Then D. P. Sanders [46] showed the following. 4.3. 3–CONNECTED PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS 75

Theorem 4.21 (Sanders [46]) Let G be a 3–connected planar graph without interior com- ponent 3–cuts. Given any two edges of XG, G has a hamiltonian cycle containing those edges.

Furthermore he showed the next result.

Theorem 4.22 (Sanders [46]) Let G be a 3–connected planar graph without interior com- ponent 3–cuts and |V (XG)| ≥ 4. Given any three edges of XG, G has a hamiltonian cycle containing those edges.

Note that graphs without interior component 3–cuts include 4–connected planar graphs and NST–triangulations. Thus we get an improvement of the result of M. D. Dillencourt.

Corollary 4.23 Let G be a 3–connected NST–triangulation. Given any two edges of XG, G has a hamiltonian cycle containing those edges. Let G be a 3–connected NST–triangulation and |V (XG)| ≥ 4. Given any three edges of XG, G has a hamiltonian cycle containing those edges.

Until now we have considered only 3–connected NST–triangulations. Now we will consider 3–connected planar triangulations with separating triangles.

Definition 4.24 Let T be a planar triangulation and let D1, D2, ..., Dk be k separat- ing triangles. Let Tin,D1 (Tin,D2 , ..., Tin,Dk , respectively) be the subgraph of T derived by deleting all the vertices outside the separating triangle D1 (D2, ..., Dk, respectively). Let

Tout,D1,D2,...,Dk be the subgraph of T derived by deleting all the vertices inside the separating triangles D1, D2, ..., Dk.

Let T be a 3–connected planar triangulation. Suppose that D is a separating triangle in T . Then we define a rooted decomposition tree B of T as the equivalent definition for maximal planar graphs in Chapter 3.

Theorem 4.25 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let T be a 3–connected planar triangulation with |XT | ≥ 4 and let B be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of T . If the root of the tree B has at most three children whose related disjoint separating triangles have one edge in common with XT and if all other vertex of the tree B has at most two children, then T is hamiltonian.

Proof. Let D1 = a1b1c1, D2 = a2b2c2 and D3 = a3b3c3 be the three separating triangles of the root. Without loss of generality let ki = aibi, 1 ≤ i ≤ 3 be the edges which are in common with XT . The graph Tout,D1,D2,D3 is a NST-triangulation with |XTout,D1,D2,D3 | > 3.

It follows from Corollary 4.23 that the graph Tout,D1,D2,D3 has a hamiltonian cycle C which contains the edges ki = aibi, 1 ≤ i ≤ 3. It follows from Theorem 3.28 that Tin,Di are hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Tin,Di , 1 ≤ i ≤ 3. Without loss of generality,

Tin,Di has a hamiltonian cycle

Cin,Di = aicibiPin,Di (bi, ai)ai 76 CHAPTER 4. HAMILTONICITY OF PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS

XG

      

     

 c3

    

      

      

b3

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

¤ ¤ ¥

¥ c1

       

      

    

    

       

      

    

    

       

      

    

     ¡

c2

  

 



    

    

         

  

 



    

   

a     

1 

  

 

    

    

   

 a3

    

    

  

 

    

    

¢ ¢

£ £

  

 

    

    

    

   

b 

    

   

1 

    

    

¦§ ¨© b2 a2

Figure 4.5: Three separating triangles on XT .

where Pin,Di (bi, ai) is a hamiltonian path of Tin,Di − ci between bi and ai. Now we replace the edges aibi by the paths Pin,Di (bi, ai) in the graph T . Then T is hamiltonian.

Moreover, we can prove the following result.

Theorem 4.26 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let G be a 3–connected planar triangulation and let B be the rooted decomposition tree of the given embedding of G. If each vertex of the tree B has at most two children and if the two separating triangles D1 and D2 of the root have each one edge which are both located on the same face, then G is hamiltonian.

b1 c2

& & $%

' '

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

+ T

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

+ k k

* 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

* 1 2 + + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

+ T1 T2

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

 ! "#

* * 0 * 0 0 0 , , , . . .

+ + 1 + 1 1 1 - - - / / /

( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (

) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

c1 a1 = a2 b2

Figure 4.6: Two separating triangles with a common vertex.

Proof. Let D1 = a1b1c1 and D2 = a2b2c2 be the two separating triangles of G. Without loss of generality let k1 = a1b1 and k2 = a2c2 with a1 = a2 be the edges which are both located on the same face T . Note that a planar graph can always be embedded 4.4. 4–CONNECTED PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS 77 in the plane such that a given face of the graph becomes the exterior face (see [19]). Therefore, we can embed G in the plane such that T becomes the exterior face of G. We 0 0 call this graph G . The graph Gout,D1,D2 is a 3–connected planar graph without interior 0 component 3-cuts. Therefore, it follows from Theorem 4.21 of Sanders that Gout,D1,D2 has a hamiltonian cycle C which contains the edges k1 and k2. It follows from Theorem 3.28 that Gin,Di are hamiltonian for any two boundary edges of Gin,Di , 1 ≤ i ≤ 2. Without loss of generality, Gin,D1 has a hamiltonian cycle

Cin,D1 = a1c1b1Pin,D1 (b1, a1)a1

where Pin,D1 (b1, a1) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D1 − c1 between b1 and a1. Now we 0 replace the edge k1 = a1b1 by the path Pin,D1 (b1, a1) in the graph G . Also without loss of generality, Gin,D2 has a hamiltonian cycle

Cin,D2 = a2b2c2Pin,D2 (c2, a2)a2

where Pin,D2 (c2, a2) is a hamiltonian path of Gin,D2 −b2 between c2 and a2. Now we replace 0 0 the edge k2 = a2c2 by the path Pin,Di (c2, a2) in the graph G . Then G has a hamiltonian cycle and G is hamiltonian.

With Theorem 3.87 we can extend the result of M. D. Dillencourt to at most two separating triangles.

Theorem 4.27 (Birchel and Helden [10]) Let T be a 3–connected planar triangulation with at most two separating triangles, then T is hamiltonian.

Proof. We insert a new vertex v in the exterior face which is bounded by XT , and connect this vertex with every vertex of XT . By insertion from the vertex v one obtains no new separating triangles. If we obtain a new separating triangle, v must be one of three vertices. Thus this would mean that the two remaining vertices would be a chord in T , which would lead to a contradiction. A chordal 3–cut could only be extended to a separating triangle if both vertices on XT were connected. As, however, after construction only the boundary vertices are connected with the new vertex v, no new separating triangle can arise from this. This means the graph T + v is a maximal planar graph with at most 2 separating triangles. It follows from Theorem 3.87 that the graph T + v − v = T has a hamiltonian cycle.

The problem of whether T is hamiltonian if T is a 3–connected planar triangulation with exactly three separating triangles is still open.

4.4 4–connected planar triangulations

In this section we consider 4–connected planar triangulations.

Lemma 4.28 Let T be a planar triangulation without chords, separating triangles and chordal 3-cuts. Then T is 4–connected. 78 CHAPTER 4. HAMILTONICITY OF PLANAR TRIANGULATIONS

Proof. Each planar triangulation is at least 2–connected. Since there is no chord there is no 2-cut whose removal causes the graph to become disconnected. Moreover, since there are no separating triangles and chordal 3-cuts there is no 3-cut whose removal causes the graph to become disconnected. Therefore, T is 4–connected.

As a simple consequence of Theorem 3.4 we obtain the following corollary.

Corollary 4.29 If T is a 4–connected planar triangulation, then G is hamiltonian. Chapter 5

Applications of planar triangulations and maximal planar graphs

5.1 Algorithms

In this section we will turn towards algorithms which might be useful for applications. First we will show a simple algorithm to count the number of separating triangles of a maximal planar graph. Since a separating triangle does not form the boundary of a face, it is sufficient to know the number of triangles of a maximal planar graph. Therefore, the number k of separating triangles results from the difference between the number of triangles t and the number of faces l.

k = t − l = t − (2n − 4) = t + 4 − 2n.

Algorithm 5.1

Input: Adjacency matrix A of a maximal planar graph G = (V, E).

Output: The number k of separating triangles.

S1: Sort the vertices v1, v2, ..., vn of G in such a way that d(v1) ≥ d(v2) ≥ ... ≥ d(vn). Set t = 0.

S2: Take the vertex vn with minimum degree. Prove for each pair of neighbors of vn whether these vertices are adjacent. If two neighbors of vn are adjacent, then increase the variable t by one. t = t + 1. Delete vn from G. Let G be the resulting graph.

S3: Sort the vertices v1, v2, ..., vn−1 of G in such a way that d(v1) ≥ d(v2) ≥ ... ≥ d(vn−1). If d(vn−1) > 1, then go to [S2]. S4: k = t + 4 − 2n.

79 80 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

We have the following result for the algorithm.

Theorem 5.2 Algorithm 5.1 counts the number of separating triangles of a maximal planar graph in O(n2) time.

Proof.

S1: Clearly the degrees of vertices can be computed in O(m) time. Since the degree of any vertex is at most n − 1, one can sort the vertices in O(n) time.

S2: Since the degree of at least one vertex in a planar graph is d(v) ≤ 5, and since after deleting one vertex of a planar graph the remaining graph is also planar, the vertex with minimum degree has at most degree 5. Therefore, no more than ten pairs of vertices are to be proved.

S3: Since [S2] runs through at most n times, the total running time of [S2] and [S3] is at most (n + 10)n = n2 + 10n and therefore, O(n2) time.

S4: The complexity is constant.

Therefore, the total running time of the algorithm is bounded by O(n2) time.

Algorithm 5.1 is conceptually very simple and easy to implement. The disadvantage of Algorithm 5.1 is that you do not know the vertices which build the separating triangles. Therefore, we present the following algorithm based on an idea of the following lemma.

Lemma 5.3 Let G = (V, E) be a planar triangulation and let x, y ∈ V be two adjacent vertices of G.

a) Let x, y ∈ XG and let e ∈ E be the edge which is incident to x and y.

i) If the edge e is a chord of G, then the two vertices x and y have at least two common neighbors. Each further common neighbor implies a separating triangle.

ii) If e ∈ XG, then the two vertices x and y have at least one common neighbor. Each further common neighbor implies a separating triangle.

b) Let x, y 6∈ XG. The two vertices x and y have at least two common neighbors. Each further common neighbor implies a separating triangle.

Proof.

a) Let x, y ∈ XG and let e ∈ E be the edge which is incident to x and y.

i) Let e be a chord of G and let e 6∈ XG. Assume x and y have exactly one common neighbor. Since G is a planar triangulation e ∈ XG. This contradicts e 6∈ XG.

5.1. ALGORITHMS 81

¢£¢ 

¤£¤ x x

¡ © §£§ £

 £ ¨£¨ XG z1 z2

z3

¥£¥  ¦£¦ y y

Figure 5.1: Common neighbors.

ii) Let e ∈ XG. Since G is a planar triangulation the two vertices x and y have at least one common neighbor and each further common neighbor implies a separating triangle. Otherwise there would be a common neighbor z3 embedded on the other side of e, see Figure 5.1. This contradicts e ∈ XG.

b) Let x, y 6∈ XG. There exist at least two common neighbors which are embedded on different sides of e. Otherwise e ∈ XG. Since G is a planar triangulation each further common neighbor implies a separating triangle, see Figure 5.1.

The following algorithm counts the number of all separating triangles of a planar triangulation as Algorithm 5.1 does. Furthermore, Algorithm 5.4 determines a base edge e of each separating triangle, see Figure 5.1. This is useful for applications, see Section 5.3. Note that the input is a planar triangulation.

Algorithm 5.4

Input: Adjacency matrix A of a 3–connected planar triangulation T = (V, E) with |XT | = t and the vertices of XT .

Output: The number k of separating triangles. All base edges of all separating triangles of T .

S1: Sort the vertices v1, v2, ..., vn of T in such a way that the vertices vi ∈ XT are labeled from 1 to t.

0 n×n S2: Build a new adjacency matrix AG ∈ {0, 1} such that the first t entries are the exterior vertices. k=0. 82 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

S3: for i = 1 to n − 1 (5.1) if i ≤ t − 3 then d1 = −1 for j = t + 1 to n (5.2) if (A[i, j] = A[(i + 1) mod t, j] = 1) then d1 + + if (d2 > 0) then k = k + d1 A[i, (i + 1) mod t] = 0 and push stack [i, (i + 1) mod t] for j = i + 2 to t − 1 (5.3) if (A[i, j] = 1) then d2 = −2 for l = 1 to n (5.4) if (A[i, l] = A[j, l] = 1) then d2 + + if (d2 > 0) then k = k + d2 A[i, j] = 0 and push stack [i, j] if t − 2 ≤ i ≤ t then d1 = −1 for j = t + 1 to n (5.5) if (A[i, j] = A[(i + 1) mod t, j] = 1) then d1 + + if (d1 > 0) then k = k + d1 A[i, (i + 1) mod t] = 0 and push stack [i, (i + 1) mod t] if i ≥ t then for j = i + 1 to n (5.6) if (A[i, j] = 1) then d2 = −2 for l = 1 to n (5.7) if (A[i, l] = A[j, l] = 1) then d2 + + if (d2 > 0) then k = k + d2 A[i, j] = 0 and push stack [i, j] 5.1. ALGORITHMS 83

This algorithm provides the following time complexity.

Theorem 5.5 Algorithm 5.4 determines all separating triangles of a planar triangulation in O(n3) time.

Proof. Let |V (T )| = n.

S1: One can sort the vertices in O(n) time.

0 n×n S2: One can build a new adjacency matrix AT ∈ {0, 1} in O(n) time.

S3: We consider all for loops for the determination of the complexity. The first for loop (5.1) consists of n calls of entries of the adjacency matrix. This can be done in O(n) time. The same applies to the for loops (5.4) and (5.7). Since in the worst case one of the two for loops is used in each step, this can be done in O(n2) time. Now we consider the for loops (5.2), (5.5) and (5.6). These for loops consist of n − t calls of entries of the adjacency matrix. This can be done in O(n − t) time. The last for loop (5.3) consists of t calls. This can be done in O(t) time. Since in the worst case all vertices are exterior vertices, t can lie in the size of n. Therefore, the for loops (5.1), (5.2), (5.3) and (5.4) in the first segment have a total running time of at most n3. The for loops (5.1) and (5.5) in the second segment have a total running time of at most n and the for loops (5.1), (5.6) and (5.7) in the third segment have a total running time of at most n2. Therefore, the total running time of the algorithm is bounded by O(n3) time.

Algorithm 5.4 determines all base edges ei of each separating triangle. Therefore, deleting these base edges will destroy all separating triangles. Note that the number of base edges could be much smaller than the number of separating triangles.

In the following we will present an algorithm to determine all chords of a planar triangulation.

Algorithm 5.6

Input: Adjacency matrix A ∈ {0, 1}n×n of a planar triangulation T = (V, E) with |XT | = t and the vertices of XT .

Output: All chords of T .

S1: Sort the vertices v1, v2, ..., vn of T in such a way that the vertices vi ∈ XT are labeled from 1 to t.

t×t S2: Build a new adjacency matrix AXT ∈ {0, 1} . 84 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

S3: Consider all entries of AXT [i, j] with j > i + 1. If the entry is equal to 1, then the edge vivj is a chord. If i = 1, then j is at most t − 1, since the edge v1vt is no chord. S4: If i < t, then i = i + 1 and go to [S3].

The algorithm described here determines only all the chords of the graph. In this algorithm the properties are not determined, which could be of interest for the use of Theorem 4.13. We can improve this, however, with a simple modification, by inserting the following step after step [S3].

S3a: If the edge vivj is a chord, then determine the degrees of vi and vj.

By this additive step one can consider directly whether the current chord is of interest in application. The previous algorithm provides the following time complexity.

Theorem 5.7 Algorithm 5.6 determines all chords of a planar triangulation in O(n2) time.

Proof. Let |V (T )| = n. S1: One can sort the vertices in O(n) time.

t×t S2: One can build a new adjacency matrix AXT ∈ {0, 1} in O(n) time. S3: All t lines must be run through. In each line i one must scan t − i entries. This can be done in O(t2) time.

S3a: For each chord one must scan 2n entries. The number of chords lies in the size of O(t). This can be done in O(tn) time.

S4: The complexity is constant. Since in the worst case all vertices are exterior vertices, t can lie in the size of n. Therefore, the total running time of the algorithm is bounded by O(n2) time.

The previous Algorithm 5.6 is conceptually very simple and easy to implement.

Now we will consider a planar embedding algorithm. In 1974 the first linear time planarity testing algorithm was developed by J. E. Hopcroft and R. E. Tarjan [36]. They achieved linear running time by extensive use of depth first search on graphs. The most existing algorithms for planarity testing and planar embedding can be grouped into two principal classes. Either, they run in linear time, but at the expense of complex algo- rithmic concepts, or they are easy to understand and implement, but require more than linear time.

In 1993 H. Stamm-Wilbrandt [48] found a linear time algorithm for embedding max- imal planar graphs. This algorithm is both easy to understand and easy to implement. This algorithm will be used later in one of our applications in Section 5.3. 5.2. DUAL GRAPHS OF MAXIMAL PLANAR GRAPHS 85

Theorem 5.8 (Stamm-Wilbrandt [48]) There exists a linear time algorithm for embed- ding maximal planar graphs.

In addition to planar embedding, this algorithm allows to test graphs for maximal pla- narity. The algorithm for embedding maximal planar graphs consists of 3 phases. During the first phase the graph G = (V, E) is reduced to the K4 by repeated reductions. In the second phase the resulting graph, the K4, is embedded. In the third phase all reductions of the first phase are undone by the corresponding inverse reductions in reverse order. This results in an embedding of each graph between K4 and G and therefore in an em- bedding of G itself.

In 1984 T. Asano, S. Kikuchi and N. Saito [5] described a linear time algorithm for finding hamiltonian cycles in 4–connected maximal planar graphs. This algorithm will be used later in one of our applications in Section 5.3.

Theorem 5.9 (Asano et. al. [5]) There exists a linear time algorithm for finding hamil- tonian cycles in 4–connected maximal planar graphs.

Although such a 4–connected maximal planar graph G always has a hamiltonian cycle, it is not an easy matter to actually find a hamiltonian cycle of G. One can easily design an O(n2) time algorithm to find a hamiltonian cycle in a 4–connected maximal planar graph G with n vertices, entirely based on Whitney’s proof of his Theorem 3.2.

5.2 Dual graphs of maximal planar graphs

Let G be a maximal planar graph. As we will see, the dual graph of a maximal planar graph is of interest for applications.

Definition 5.10 A graph is called cyclically k-edge-connected if at least k edges must be deleted to disconnect a component so that every remaining component contains a cycle.

Lemma 5.11 The dual graph of a 5–connected maximal planar graph G is a planar cyclically 5–edge-connected cubic graph G∗.

The dual graph of a 4–connected maximal planar graph G is a planar cyclically 4–edge-connected cubic graph G∗.

The dual graph of a 3–connected maximal planar graph G is a planar cyclically 3–edge-connected cubic graph G∗.

The dual graph of a 5–connected maximal planar graph G with minimum degree δ = 5 and maximum degree ∆ = 6 is a fullerene graph G∗.

We consider the following problem towards the goal of increasing the efficiency of rendering in computer graphics: Given a maximal planar graph, find a hamiltonian cycle for the dual graph. In 2000 R. E. L. Aldred, S. Bau, D. A. Holten and B. D. McKay proved the following results. 86 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

Theorem 5.12 (Aldred, Bau, Holten, McKay [2]) All planar cyclically 3–edge-connected cubic graphs with at most 36 vertices are hamiltonian.

Theorem 5.13 (Aldred, Bau, Holten, McKay [2]) All planar cyclically 4–edge-connected cubic graphs with at most 40 vertices are hamiltonian.

Theorem 5.14 (Aldred, Bau, Holten, McKay [2]) All planar cyclically 5–edge-connected cubic graphs with at most 44 vertices are hamiltonian.

In 2002 T. Doˆsli´c studied fullerene graphs and found the following result.

Theorem 5.15 (Doˆsli´c [26]) All fullerene graphs with at most 176 vertices are hamilto- nian.

Thus we know that the dual of a planar graph G is a graph with a vertex for each face in G. We can calculate the number of vertices of the planar graph G, such that the dual graph G∗ is still hamiltonian.

Corollary 5.16 Every 3–connected maximal planar graph G with at most 20 vertices has a hamiltonian dual graph G∗.

Every 4–connected maximal planar graph G with at most 22 vertices has a hamilto- nian dual graph G∗.

Every 5–connected maximal planar graph G with at most 24 vertices has a hamilto- nian dual graph G∗.

Every 5–connected maximal planar graph G with minimum degree δ = 5 and maxi- mum degree ∆ = 6 with at most 90 vertices has a hamiltonian dual graph G∗.

Proof. Let G = (V, E) with |V | = n and |E| = m be a maximal planar graph and let l(G) be the number of faces of G. Then Theorem 1.1 of Euler provides l(G) = m − n + 2. Moreover, 3l(G) = 2m, since each edge is located on the boundary of two faces. Then with ∗ ∗ ∗ n Euler’s formula we obtain l = 2n−4. Since G has n = 2n−4 vertices, we get n = 2 +2.

Definition 5.17 A tree partition of a graph G = (V, E) is a pair (T1, T2) such that (V1, V2) = (V (T1), V (T2)) is a partition of V and both T1 = G[V1] and T2 = G[V2] are trees.

Note that not every graph has a tree partition, for example K6. T. B¨ohme, H. J. Broersma and H. Tuinstra [11] gave a characterization of graphs that have a tree partition.

Lemma 5.18 (B¨ohme, Broersma, Tuinstra [11]) A planar graph is hamiltonian if and only if the dual graph has a tree partition.

A natural class of graphs that admits a tree partition is obtained from the class of 4–connected maximal planar graphs by taking their dual graphs. 5.3. APPLICATIONS IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS 87

Theorem 5.19 (B¨ohme, Broersma, Tuinstra [11]) A planar cyclically 4–edge-connected cubic graph has a tree partition.

The results of Chapter 3 provide the following result.

Theorem 5.20 The class of graphs obtained from the class of 3–connected maximal pla- nar graphs with at most 5 separating triangles by taking their dual graphs admits a tree partition.

The next example shows that there exist non-hamiltonian maximal planar graphs,

which do not admit a tree partition.

¡

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B <

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C =

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B <

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C =

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B <

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C =

"# 

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B <

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C =

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B <

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C =

¢ ¢£

$% ,- 23 !

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B <

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C =

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

9

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

89 4 4

5 5

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

7

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

8 4 4

5 5

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

67

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

6

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

 

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

 

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

& &

' '

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

¨©

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

() * *+

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

 

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

 ./ 01 

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

: : : : : : : B : B B B B B B B B

; ; ; ; ; ; ; C ; C C C C C C C C

 

¤¥ ¦§

> > > > > > > D > D D D D D D D D

? ? ? ? ? ? ? E ? E E E E E E E E

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

Figure 5.2: The right graph is the dual graph of the left graph.

Example 5.21 The left graph G from Figure 5.2 is a non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph with 11 vertices and 18 faces. The right graph G∗ with 18 vertices from Figure 5.2 is the dual graph of the left graph G and admits no tree partition.

5.3 Applications in computer graphics

In this section we consider some applications of hamiltonian maximal planar graphs and planar triangulations. In , discretization concerns the process of transferring continuous models into discrete counterparts. This process is usually carried out as a first step towards making them suitable for implementation on digital computers. In order to be processed on a digital computer another process has become of interest 3–dimensional computer graphics, based on vector graphics. Instead of the computer storing informa- tion about points, lines, and curves on a 2–dimensional surface, the computer stores the location of points, lines, and, typically, faces to construct a polygon in the 3–dimensional space.

3–dimensional polygons are the lifeblood of virtually all 3–dimensional computer graph- ics. As a result, most 3–dimensional graphics engines are based around storing points 88 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

(single 3–dimensional coordinates), lines that connect those points together, faces defined by the lines, and then a sequence of faces to create 3–dimensional polygons.

The idea, which is described in the next section, consists of the search for a min- imum data set, in order to describe a 3–dimensional polygon uniquely. The speed of high-performance rendering engines on triangular meshes in computer graphics can be bounded by the rate at which triangulation data is sent into the machine. Obviously, each triangle can be specified by three data points, but to reduce the data rate, it is desirable to order the triangles so that consecutive triangles share a face. With such an ordering, only the incremental change of one vertex per triangle need to be specified. This potentially reduces the rendering time by a factor of three because it avoids redundant clipping and transformation computations.

Even if a given planar triangulation T = (V, E) of n vertices and l faces is hamilto- nian, the topology of the planar triangulation is not necessarily specified by the encoding sequences of vertices v0, v1, ..., vl+1 defining the incremental changes. The problem is that you do not know which of the two vertices of the last triangle form the new triangle together with the new inserted vertex. If the vertices vi−2, vi−1 and vi form the last active triangle, then the question arises which is the next triangle. Since, in general, vi can form

a triangle with either vi−1, vi+1 or vi−2, vi+1, see figure 5.3. ¡

vi+1

£ ¨©

vi−1 ¢ vi

¤ ¤

¥ ¥ ¦§ vi+1 vi−3 vi−2

Figure 5.3: A non-specified topology of a planar triangulation.

Therefore, to completely specify the topology of the planar triangulation, we must specify the insertion order of the new vertices.

Definition 5.22 We call the insertion order left-right turns, if the order inserting new vertices alternates at the left edge and in the next turn at the right edge.

At least two models are currently in use, both assuming that all turns alternate from left to right. i) The Silicon Graphics triangular-mesh renderer OpenGL [47]. ii) The Interactive graphics library (IGL) [15]. 5.3. APPLICATIONS IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS 89

The Silicon Graphics triangular-mesh renderer OpenGL [47] demands that the user issue a swaptmesh call whenever the insertion order deviates from alternating left- right turns. In general, this topology can be transmitted at the cost of one extra bit per tri- angle. The Interactive graphics library (IGL) [15] expects triangulations as vertex strips, lists of vertices without turn specifications. To get two consecutive left or right turns, the vertex must be sent twice, creating an empty triangle, which is discarded. For efficiency, it would be highly desirable to eliminate these extra bits or vertices by finding a path that uses an implied turn order.

A perfect ordering exists if and only if the dual graph of the planar triangulation contains a hamiltonian path. We need the following definitions.

Definition 5.23 Let G be a planar triangulation. We call G∗ the interior dual graph of G if G∗ is the dual graph of G without the exterior face. We say that a planar triangulation G is interior dual hamiltonian if its interior dual graph G∗ contains a hamiltonian path. We say a planar triangulation is sequential if its interior dual graph contains a hamiltonian

path such that this embedding correspond to left-right turns.

¦§



        

 ! ! ! ! !        



        

 ! ! ! ! !        

¤ ¤¥

   4 4 $ $ $ $ $

   5 % % % %



 ! ! ! ! !

   4 4 $ $ $ $ $

   5 % % % %



 ! ! ! ! !

   4 4 $ $ $ $ $

   5 % % % %



 ! ! ! ! !

 

(" (" " " " . . . .

)# )# # # # / / / /

   4 4

   5





(" (" " " " . . . .

)# )# # # # / / / /

   4 4

   5





(" (" " " " . . . .

)# )# # # # / / / /

   4 4

   5





 

2 2 2 2 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 6 6

3 3 3 3 1 1 1 7 1 7 7 7 7

(" (" " " "

)# )# # # #

  

  





2 2 2 2 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 6 6

3 3 3 3 1 1 1 7 1 7 7 7 7

(" (" " " "

)# )# # # #

  

  





2 2 2 2 ¢£ 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 6 6 ¨©

3 3 3 3 1 1 1 7 1 7 7 7 7

"( "( " " "

)# )# # # #

  

  





    & & &

  ' ' '

* * * * * * * , , ,

+ + + + + + + - - -

2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3

   

 

* * * * * * * , , ,

+ + + + + + + - - -

2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3

   

 

* * * * * * * , , ,

+ + + + + + + - - -

2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3

   

 

* * * * * * * , , ,

+ + + + + + + - - -

2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3

   

 

¡

* * * * * * * , , ,

+ + + + + + + - - -

2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3

 

 

 

Figure 5.4: A planar triangulation and an affiliated interior dual graph.

Note that a sequential planar triangulation has an implied left-right turn order.

We consider the problem of constructing hamiltonian and sequential planar triangu- lations, towards the goal of increasing the efficiency of rendering in computer graphics. Two classes of problems are of interest:

1. Given a point set or a polygon, construct a hamiltonian or a sequential planar tri- angulation for it. 90 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

2. Given a planar triangulation T , find a hamiltonian path for the interior dual graph T∗, or failing that, add Steiner points to T such that a hamiltonian path of T∗ can be generated.

Definition 5.24 a) A point set is called in general position if three points do not lie on a single straight line.

b) A polygon is called in general position if three points do not lie on a single straight line.

5.3.1 Interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulations of poly- gons In this section we consider the problem of constructing interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulations.

Definition 5.25 Let G be a planar triangulation. We call a face of G an ear of the planar triangulation if two of its three edges belong to the exterior face XG.

We start with a simple, but very useful result.

Theorem 5.26 A planar triangulation of a polygon is interior dual hamiltonian if and only if it contains exactly two ears.

Proof. Let G be a planar triangulation of a polygon P and let G∗ be the interior dual graph of G.

Claim 1: The interior dual graph of a planar triangulation of a polygon is a tree.

Proof of Claim 1. The connectivity of the interior dual graph G∗ is clear. There- fore, we have to show that there exists no cycle in the interior dual graph. We assume the opposite. Let x1, x2, ...xp be the vertices of the interior dual graph which form a cycle C. Each of these vertices stands for an interior face of G. Since there exists at least one face inside the cycle C, there exists at least one vertex x which lies within this cycle in the graph G. However, this is a contradiction, because x would lie within XG. This cannot be the case, because all vertices of P lie on XG.

Claim 2: The ears of the planar triangulation G are the leaves of the interior dual graph G∗.

Proof of Claim 2. Let T be an ear of G and let k1, k2, k3 be the affiliated edges of T . Let k1 be the edge which does not lie on XG and let z be the vertex belonging to T in the interior dual graph G∗. As T has only one interior face as neighbor, which has k1 as an edge, there exists only one edge in the interior dual graph G∗ , which is incident to the vertex z. 5.3. APPLICATIONS IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS 91

According to Definition 5.23 a planar triangulation is interior dual hamiltonian if the interior dual graph has a hamiltonian path. Because the interior dual graph is a tree, this interior dual graph can only have one hamiltonian path if the interior dual graph has exactly two leaves. If the tree has none or only one leaf, there exists a cycle in G. This is, however, a contradiction to claim 1. If there exists three or more leaves, exactly two can be traversed, because it is impossible to go through the additional leaves with a path.

The following statement arises from the proof of the previous Theorem 5.26.

Lemma 5.27 The following propositions are equivalent. a) A planar triangulation of a polygon is interior dual hamiltonian.

b) The interior dual graph G∗ of a planar triangulation G is a path.

While not all polygons admit an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation, we must consider under which conditions there is always an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation for a polygon. Moreover, we must consider by which means we can modify the polygon in order to get the desired result. First one can note that for a convex polygon there always exists an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation, by selecting one point of the polygon and then connecting this point with every other point. The hamiltonian path through all triangles is trivial, see Figure 5.5. As a counter-example we consider the right graph in Figure 5.5, which is also a counter-example to Theorem 5.26, since it possesses three ears. This does not mean, however, that every non-convex

polygon does not have an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation.

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  



  

  

¨©

 

  

  

 

   

 

¦§

¡

    

¢£ ¤ ¤¥

Figure 5.5: A convex polygon and a planar triangulation with three ears.

Theorem 5.28 (Arkin, Held, Mitchell, Skiena [3]) The problem of testing whether a given polygon P in general position has an interior dual hamiltonian triangulation T = (V, E) can be solved in O(|E|) time.

While not all polygons admit an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation, it turns out that any planar triangulation can be made interior dual hamiltonian by adding Steiner points. 92 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

Theorem 5.29 (Arkin, Held, Mitchell, Skiena [3]) Every planar triangulation T con- taining l faces can be converted into an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation by adding l Steiner points.

Note that the hamiltonian path of the interior dual graph is even a hamiltonian cycle.

5.3.2 Interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulations of point sets We now consider the question of whether a set of points has a interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation.

Theorem 5.30 (Arkin, Held, Mitchell, Skiena [3]) Let S be a finite set of points in the plane with |S| = n. If S is convex, then there is an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation. If S is not convex, and if the points are in general position, then there is also an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation and the interior dual graph is even a hamiltonian cycle. Such an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation can be computed in time O(n log n).

In contrast to the polygons which one must modify, perhaps, with the help of Steiner points to obtain an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation, it is with point sets in such a way that for every point set not in general position there is always an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation.

5.3.3 Sequential planar triangulation Sequential planar triangulations represent a significant restriction. For example, convex polygons have an exponential number of interior dual hamiltonian triangulations, but have only a linear number of sequential planar triangulations. Also, point sets that admit interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulations may not have sequential planar triangulations.

Lemma 5.31 The following propositions are equivalent. a) G is a sequential planar triangulation.

b) No three edges of the planar triangulation consecutively crossed by the hamiltonian path are incident upon the same vertex of the planar triangulation.

This implies that all turns alternate left and right, so sequential planar triangulations can be described without the extra bit-per-face needed to specify a general dual hamil- tonian planar triangulation. While trying to answer the question of whether sequential planar triangulations for point sets always exist, E. Arkin, M. Held, J. Mitchell, S. Skiena proved the following.

Theorem 5.32 (Arkin, Held, Mitchell, Skiena [3]) For any n ≥ 9, there is a set of n points in general position that does not admit a sequential planar triangulation. 5.3. APPLICATIONS IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS 93

But with an additional condition they could prove the following result.

Theorem 5.33 (Arkin, Held, Mitchell, Skiena [3]) Let S be a point set in general position. If at most two points of S lie strictly in the interior of the convex hull of S, then S has a sequential planar triangulation.

The decision problem of whether a given planar triangulation on n points is sequential yields the following time complexity.

Theorem 5.34 (Arkin, Held, Mitchell, Skiena [3]) Testing whether a given planar trian- gulation on n points is sequential can be done in O(n) time.

5.3.4 Graham triangulation Now we will present another possibility to construct an interior dual hamiltonian planar triangulation of a given point set in general position. Under certain conditions there even exists a hamiltonian cycle in the interior dual graph. We call such a triangulation Graham triangulation. First we describe the algorithm which constructs such a triangulation, the socalled Graham Scan.

Algorithm 5.35

Input: A point set P in general position.

Output: A interior dual hamiltonian triangulation T = (V, E) with P = V .

S1: Find the point p0 of P with the smallest x-coordinate.

S2: Draw the line segments connecting p0 to the elements of P .

S3: Sort the remaining elements of P with respect to the slope of the line segments connecting them to p0. Relabel the elements of P − p0 p1, p2, ..., pn−1 according to this order.

S4: Once the convex hull of {p0, p1, ..., pk−1} has been calculated, calculate the con- vex hull of {p0, p2, ..., pk−1, pk} recursively as follows: Draw the line segments connecting pk to the elements of P in the convex hull of {p0, p1, ..., pk−1} visible from pk, that is, the elements in the convex hull of {p0, p1, ..., pk−1} such that the line segments connecting them to pk do not intersect the interior of the convex hull of {p0, p1, ..., pk−1}.

R. Monroy and J. Urrutia proved the following result. 94 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

Theorem 5.36 (Monroy and Urrutia [39]) Let S be a point set on a surface in general position. The planar triangulation GT (S) produced by applying Grahams Scan to S is interior dual hamiltonian.

With the next definition R. Monroy and J. Urrutia were able to show Theorem 5.38.

Definition 5.37 If a planar triangulation T = (V, E) has a vertex v adjacent to all the vertices of V − v, we call such a vertex a center of T . If the center lies on the exterior cycle XT , we call such a planar triangulation, a planar triangulation with an exterior center.

This provides the following generalization.

Theorem 5.38 (Monroy, Urrutia [39]) A planar triangulation with a center is interior dual hamiltonian.

5.3.5 Hamiltonian cycles in 3–dimensional polygons In this section we assume that the polygon points contain data. Thus we cannot reduce the data rate and we have to store three data points for each triangle. Now it is necessary to run through all polygon points but not to visit one point twice.

We assume that the 3–dimensional polygon is a maximal planar graph G on n vertices. Now we look for a hamiltonian cycle C of G.

First of all we use Algorithm 5.4 to count the number k of all separating triangles of the maximal planar graph G. Furthermore, Algorithm 5.4 determines a base edge e of each separating triangle, see Figure 5.1. Then we can apply the operation D to a, b ∈ V (G) with ab = e ∈ E(G), see Corollary 3.44. The graph G + x is a maximal planar graph with at most k − 1 separating triangles and n + 1 vertices. Now we re- peat this approach at least k − 1 times until we get a maximal planar graph G0 with no separating triangles and n + k vertices. Since k ≤ n − 4, the new graph G0 has at most 2n − 4 vertices. Moreover, G0 is 4–connected, since G0 has no separating triangles. Actually such a 4–connected maximal planar graph G0 always has a hamiltonian cycle. Now we use a linear time algorithm of Asano et. al. [5] to find a hamiltonian cycle C of G0.

Note that an enlargement of the number of vertices entails that the resolution of the surface of a continuous model becomes better. A disadvantage is that we must store more data and the required storage space increases. As the enlargement of the number of ver- tices happens in a scale of n, the increase of storage space is non-binding. Therefore, we did not get a hamiltonian cycle C of G, but a hamiltonian cycle C of a maximal planar graph G0 with G ⊆ G0. Since G0 entails a better resolution, this does not seem to be a problem.

Now we describe an algorithm to find a hamilton cycle C of a maximal planar graph G0 with G ⊆ G0. 5.4. APPLICATIONS IN CHEMISTRY 95

Algorithm 5.39

Input: Adjacency matrix A ∈ {0, 1}n×n of a maximal planar graph G = (V, E) with n vertices.

Output: A hamiltonian cycle C of a maximal planar graph G0 with G ⊆ G0.

S1: Use the Algorithm 5.4 to count the number k of all separating triangles of the maximal planar graph G.

S2: For i = 1 to k apply the operation D to get a maximal planar graph G0 with no separating triangles and n + k vertices.

S3: Use the linear time Algorithm of Asano et. al. [5] to find a hamiltonian cycle C of G0.

We have the following result on the algorithm.

Theorem 5.40 Let G = (V, E) be a maximal planar graph with n vertices. Determining a hamiltonian cycle C of a maximal planar graph G0 with G ⊆ G0 can be done in O(n3) time.

Proof. Let |V (G)| = n.

S1: Determining all separating triangles of a maximal planar graph can be done in O(n3) time.

S2: Applying the operation D can be done in O(n) time.

S3: Find a hamiltonian cycle in a 4–connected maximal planar graph G0 with 2n − 4 vertices can be done in O((2n − 4)2) time.

Therefore, the total running time of the algorithm is bounded by O(n3) time.

5.4 Applications in Chemistry

An important subclass of all 5–connected MPG-5 graphs with many practical applications are those with maximum degree 6, best known via their duals, the fullerene graphs.

Definition 5.41 A fullerene graph is a planar, cubic and 3–connected graph, twelve of whose faces are pentagons, and any remaining face is a hexagon. 96 CHAPTER 5. APPLICATIONS OF PT AND MPG

These objects are often referred to as fullerenes or by the more general term C60 molecule in chemical literature. C60 is a molecule that consists of 60 carbon atoms, ar- ranged as twelve pentagons and twenty hexagons. The shape is the same as that of a soccer ball. The black pieces of the leather are the pentagons, the hexagons are white. There are 60 different points where three of the leather patches meet. Imagine a carbon atom sitting at each of these points, and you have a model of the C60 molecule. That model, however, is vastly out of scale. If the C60 molecule were the size of the soccer ball, then the soccer ball in turn would be roughly the size of the earth. They are called fullerenes after the American architect Richard Buckminster Fuller, who was renowned for his geodesic domes, that are based on hexagons and pentagons. Soon after the estab- lishment of the C60 structure and the birth of fullerene chemistry, the underlying graphs became a subject of increasing scientific interest. As the main focus of the current chemi- cal research is on fullerene and its close relatives with isolated pentagons, there are many results concerning the structure and the graphical invariants of the corresponding graphs.

In 2002 T. Doˆsli´c [26] studied fullerene graphs and found the following result. Theorem 5.42 (Doˆsli´c [26]) Every fullerene graph is cyclically 4–edge-connected. For Theorem 5.44 we need the next definition.

Definition 5.43 The tree-partition (V1, V2) of a graph G = (V, E) is called balanced if |V1| = |V2|.

Note that not every graph has a tree-partition, for example, Kn for n ≥ 5. The example of two copies of K4, connected by an edge, shows that the existence of a tree-partition is not guaranteed even in planar graphs. Theorem 5.44 Every fullerene graph has a balanced tree-partition. Proof. The existence of a tree-partition follows from the fact that the dual of a cubic cyclically 5–edge-connected planar graph is a 5–connected maximal planar graph, and hence has a hamiltonian cycle. It remains to prove that this tree-partition is balanced. It follows from [11]. We reproduce the proof here for the convenience of the reader. Let G = (V, E) be a fullerene graph with a tree-partition (V1, V2). Then the graphs G[Vi] induced by Vi are trees, so G[Vi] is connected (i = 1, 2). Define n := |V |, Ti := G[Vi], ni := |Vi|. Denote by xi , yi and zi the numbers of vertices in Ti with degree 1, 2 and 3, respectively (i = 1, 2). Then n1 + n2 = n, |E| = 3n/2, |E(Ti)| = ni − 1, for i = 1, 2. Because G[Vi] is a tree for i = 1, 2, all edges of G not in T1 or T2 are between V1 and V2, and there are |E| − (n1 − 1) − (n2 − 1) = n/2 + 2 of them. It is easily seen that the number of edges between T1 and T2 is equal to 2x1 + y1 = 2x2 + y2. Furthermore, since ni ≥ 2, xi = 2 + zi for i = 1, 2, hence,

n1 = x1 + y1 + z1 = x1 + y1 + x1 − 2 = 2x1 + y1 − 2

= 2x2 + y2 − 2 = x2 + y2 + x2 − 2 = x2 + y2 + z2 = n2.

Finally, we observe a very interesting real-world application. Observation 5.45 The dual graph of an ordinary soccer ball has a hamiltonian cycle. Bibliography

[1] T. Akiyama, T. Nishizeki and T. Saito. NP-completness of the hamiltonian cycle problem for bipartit graphs. J. Inform. Process 3 (1980), 73-76.

[2] R. E. L. Aldred, S. Bau, D. A. Holton and B. D. McKay. Non-hamiltonian 3– connected cubic planar graphs. SIAM J. Discrete Math. 13 (2000), 2532.

[3] E. Arkin, M. Held, J. Mitchell, S. Skiena. Hamiltonian triangulations for fast ren- dering. Visual Comput. 12 (1996), 429-444.

[4] T. Asano, T. Nishizeki and T. Watanabe. An upper bound on the length of a hamiltonian walk of a maximal planar graph. J. Graph Theory 4 (1980), 315-336.

[5] T. Asano, S. Kikuchi and N. Saito. A linear algorithm for finding hamilton cycles in 4-connected maximal planar graphs. Discrete Appl. Math. 7 (1984), 1-15.

[6] V. Batagelj. An inductive Definition of the class of all triangulations with no vertex of degree smaller than 5. Proc. of the Fourth Yugoslav Seminar on Graph Theory (1983) 15-25.

[7] V. Batagelj. Inductive Definition of two restricted Classes of Triangulations. Discrete Math. 52 (1984) 113-121.

[8] V. Batagelj. An Improved Inductive Definition of two restricted Classes of Triangu- lations of the Plane. and Graph Theory 25 (1989) 11-19.

[9] D. Barnette. On generating planare graphs. Discrete Math. 7 (1974) 199-208.

[10] F. Birchel and G. Helden. Hamilton cycles in planar triangulations with separating triangles. submitted.

[11] T. B¨ohme, H. J. Broersma and H. Tuinstra. A note on a conjecture concerning tree-partitioning 3-regular graphs. Memorandum No. 1427, University of Twente (1998).

[12] R. Bowen and S. Fisk. Generation of Triangulations of the Sphere Math. of Com- putation. 21 (1967) 250-252.

[13] G. Brinkmann and B. D. McKay. Construction of planar triangulations with mini- mum degree 5. Discrete Math. 301 (2005) 147-163.

97 98 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[14] J. W. Butler. A generation procedure for the simple 3–polytopes with cyclically 5–connected graphs. Canad. J. Math. 26 (1974) 686-708.

[15] R. Cassidy, E. Gregg, R. Reeves, J. Turmelle. IGL: The graphics library for the i860. 1991.

[16] G. Chartrand and L. Lesniak. Graphs and Digraphs. Chapman & Hall, London, 4rd edition, 2000.

[17] C. Chen. Any maximal planar graph with only one separating triangle is hamilto- nian. J. Comb. Optim. 7 (2003), 79-86.

[18] N. Chiba and T. Nishizeki. A theorem on paths in planar graphs. J. Graph Theory 10 (1986), 449-450.

[19] N. Chiba and T. Nishizeki. Planar Graphs: Theory and Algorithms, North-Holland Mathematics Studies 140, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 32 (1988), 7.

[20] V. Chv´atal. Hamilton cyles. Chapter 11 in: The Traveling Salesman Problem. (E.L. Lawler, J.K. Lenstra, A.H.G. Rinnooy Kan and D.B. Shmoys, Eds.). John Wiley & Sons Ltd., New York, (1985), 426

[21] V. Chv´atal. Tough graphs and hamiltonian circuits. Discrete Math. 5 (1973), 215- 228.

[22] W. H. Cunningham and J. Edmonds. A combinatorial decomposition theory. Can. J. Math. 32 (1980), 734-765.

[23] N. Dean. Which graphs are pancyclic modulo k. Graph Theory, combinatorics, and applications 1 (1991), 315-325.

[24] M. B. Dillencourt. Hamilton cycles in planar triangulations with no separating tri- angles. J. Graph Theory 14 (1990), 31-49.

[25] M. B. Dillencourt. An upper bound on the shortness exponent of 1–though maximal planar graph. Discrete Math. 90 (1991), 93-97.

[26] T. Doˆsli´c. On some structural properties of fullerene graphs. Journal of Mathemat- ical Chemistry 31 (2002), 187-195

[27] L. Euler. Demonstratio nonnullarum insignium proprietatum quibus soloda hedris planis inclusa sunt praedita. Novi Comm. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petropol. 4 (1752–1753), 140-160.

[28] F. Ewald. Hamiltonian circuits in simplicial complexes. Geom. Dedicata 2 (1973), 115-125.

[29] M. R. Garey, D. S. Johanson and R. E. Tarjan. The planar hamiltonian circuit problem is NP-complete. SIAM J. Comput. 5 (1976), 704-714. BIBLIOGRAPHY 99

[30] S. L. Hakimi and E. F. Schmeichel. On the connectivity of maximal planar graphs. J. Graph Theory 2 (1978), 307-314.

[31] S. L. Hakimi and E. F. Schmeichel. On the number of cycles of length k in a maximal planar graph. J. Graph Theory 3 (1979), 69-86.

[32] S. L. Hakimi, E. F. Schmeichel and C. Thomassen. On the number of Hamilton cycles in a maximal planar graph. J. Graph Theory 3 (1979), 365-370.

[33] G. Helden. Each maximal planar graph with exactly two separating triangles is hamiltonian. Discrete Appl. Math., to appear.

[34] G. Helden and O. Vieten. Hamilton cycles in maximal planar graphs. Discrete Op- timization, to appear.

[35] G. Helden. Hamiltonicity of maximal planar graphs. submitted.

[36] J. E. Hopcroft and R. E. Tarjan. Efficient planarity testing. J. Assoc. Comput. Mach. 21 (1974), 549-568.

[37] B. Jackson and X. Yu. Hamilton cycles in plane triangulations. J. Graph Theory 41 (2002), 138-150.

[38] C. Kuratowski. Sur le probl`eme des courbes gauches en topologie. Fund. Math. 15 (1930), 271-283.

[39] R. Monroy, J. Urrutia. Graham triangulations and triangulations with a center are Hamiltonean Inform. Process. Lett. 93 (2005), 295-299.

[40] D. A. Nelson. Hamiltonian graphs. Master Thesis, Department of Mathematics, Vanderbilt University (1973)

[41] T. Nishizeki. A 1–thought non-hamiltonian maximal planar graph. Disc. Math. 30 (1980), 305-307.

[42] M. D. Plummer. Problem in infinite and finite sets, A. Hajnal, R. Rado and V. T. Sos, Eds. Coll. Math. Soc. J. Bolyai 10, Vol. III. North-Holland, Amsterdam, (1975), 1549 - 1550.

[43] M. D. Plummer. Claw-free maximal planar graphs. Congr. Num.72 (1990), 9-23.

[44] P. Rolland-Balzon. New approach to construct planar triangulations with minimum degree 5 SIAM J. of Discrete Math., to appear.

[45] D. P. Sanders. On paths in planar graphs. J. Graph Theory 24 (1997), 341-345.

[46] D. P. Sanders. On Hamilton cycles in certain planar graphs. J. Graph Theory 21 (1996), 43-50.

[47] Silicon Graphics, Inc. Graphics library programming guide. 1991. 100 BIBLIOGRAPHY

[48] H. Stamm-Wilbrandt. Tech. report IAI-TR-93-10. Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms- Univ. Bonn, Inst. fr Informatik, (1993)

[49] P. G. Tait. Remarks on the colouring of maps. Proc. Royal Soc. London 10 (1880), 729.

[50] R. Thomas and X. Yu. 4–connected projective-planar graphs are hamiltonian. J Combin. Theory Ser. B 62 (1994), 114-132.

[51] C. Thomassen. A theorem on paths in planar graphs. J. Graph Theory 7 (1983), 169-176.

[52] M. Tk´aˇc. On the shortness exponent of 1–though maximal planar graphs. Discrete Math. 154 (1996), 321-328.

[53] W. T. Tutte. A theorem on planar graphs. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1956), 99-116.

[54] L. Volkmann. Fundamente der Graphentheorie. Springer-Verlag, Wien New York, 1996.

[55] H. Whitney. A theorem on graphs, Ann. Math. 32 (1931), 378-390.

[56] H. Whitney. 2–isomorphic graphs. Amer. J. Math. 55 (1933), 245-254. Index

Ci(G) ...... 50 Graham Scan ...... 95 Di ...... 8 hamiltonian ...... 3 l(G) ...... 2 hamiltonian–connected ...... 23 µ(G) ...... 3 hamiltonian cycle ...... 3 τi(G) ...... 1 hamiltonian path ...... 3 MPG-i ...... 5 hamiltonian walk ...... 41 MPGn-i ...... 5 homeomorphic ...... 3 P (x, y) path ...... 1 homomorphism ...... 2 d–regular ...... 1 Icosahedron ...... 9 k–connected ...... 2 independent ...... 37 k–cut ...... 2 interior component 3–cut ...... 76 k–cycle ...... 1 interior dual graph G∗ ...... 91 boundary edge ...... 2 interior edge ...... 2 boundary graph ...... 73 interior face ...... 2 boundary vertex ...... 2 interior vertex ...... 2 chord ...... 2 isomorphism ...... 2 chordal 3–cut ...... 76 left–right turns ...... 90 chordal–subgraph...... 73 locally k–connected ...... 19 claw–free ...... 67 maximal planar ...... 2 component κ(G) ...... 2 maximum degree ∆(G) ...... 1 connected ...... 2 minimum degree δ(G) ...... 1 connectivity σ(G) ...... 2 neighborhood NG(v) ...... 1 cubic ...... 1 non–trivial bridge ...... 22 cyclically k–edge–connected...... 6 NST–triangulation ...... 73 decomposition tree ...... 27 Octrahedron ...... 7 degree dG(v) ...... 1 order n(G) ...... 1 dual graph G∗ ...... 3 pancyclic ...... 56 ear ...... 92 pancyclic modulo k ...... 57 edge set E(G) ...... 1 planar ...... 2 embeddable ...... 2 planar triangulation ...... 2 Euler-Polyederformel ...... 3 root ...... 27 exterior cycle XG ...... 2 separating set ...... 2 exterior face ...... 2 separating k–cycle ...... 2 facial cycle ...... 2 separating triangle ...... 2 frontier face ...... 30 Simplex ...... 6 fullerene graph ...... 98 size m(G) ...... 1 graph ...... 1 subgraph ...... 1

101 102 INDEX tough ...... 42 Tutte cycle ...... 22 tree partition ...... 88 Tutte path ...... 22 triangulated ...... 2 vertex set V (G) ...... 1 triangulation ...... 2 walk ...... 41 trivial bridge ...... 22 Whitney’s Condition ...... 21 Zusammenfassung

Die topologische Graphentheorie nahm ihren Ursprung im Jahre 1750, als L. Eu- ler seine beruhm¨ te Polyederformel entdeckte. Seitdem sind vielf¨altige Resultate ub¨ er planare Graphen erzielt worden. Im Jahr 1931 zeigte H. Whitney, dass jeder maximal planare Graph ohne trennende Dreiecke hamiltonsch ist, wobei ein trennendes Dreieck ein Dreieck eines planaren Graphen ist, das nicht die Grenzen eines Landes bildet und dessen Eliminierung den Graphen trennt. Insbesondere sind alle 4–fach zusammenh¨angenden maximal planaren Graphen hamiltonsch. In der Klasse der 3–fach zusammenh¨angenden maximal planaren Graphen wurden zahlreiche Beispiele gefunden, die nicht hamilton- sch sind. Im Allgemeinen kann man ub¨ er die Existenz eines Hamiltonkreises in einem planaren Graphen nur wenig aussagen, wenn man nicht weitere Informationen ub¨ er den Graphen zur Verfugung¨ hat. Im Jahr 2003 konnte C. Chen das Ergebnis von Whitney verbessern. Chen zeigte, dass jeder maximal planare Graph mit nur einem trennenden Dreieck hamiltonsch ist. Eine interessante Fragestellung in Bezug auf die Klasse der 3– fach zusammenh¨angenden maximal planaren Graphen ist die folgende, wie groß ist die maximale Zahl α, so dass jeder maximal planare Graph mit h¨ochstens α trennenden Dreiecken hamiltonsch ist?

Im ersten Teil dieser Arbeit untersuchen wir die Existenz von Hamiltonkreisen und Hamiltonwegen in maximal planaren Graphen. Eine Idee von C. Chen aufgreifend, zeigen wir, dass jeder maximal planare Graph mit h¨ochstens zwei trennenden Dreiecken hamil- tonsch ist. Eine Strukturanalyse zeigt sogar, dass jeder maximal planare Graph mit h¨ochstens funf¨ trennenden Dreiecken hamiltonsch ist. Im Fall von mehr als funf¨ trennen- den Dreiecken zeigen wir eine spezielle Struktur der Position der trennenden Dreiecke. Diese Struktur garantiert ebenfalls Hamiltonkreise. Wir geben ein Gegenbeispiel fur¨ den Fall von sechs trennenden Dreiecken an. Da maximal planare Graphen mit mehr als funf¨ trennenden Dreiecken nicht hamiltonsch sein mussen,¨ zeigen wir, dass in maximal planaren Graphen mit genau sechs trennenden Dreiecken mindestens ein Hamiltonweg existiert. Des Weiteren konstruieren wir spezifische hamiltonsche maximal planare Graphen mit n Ecken und k trennenden Dreiecken und nicht hamiltonsche maximal planare Graphen mit n Ecken und k trennenden Dreiecken. Einer Idee von C. Thomassen folgend, zeigen wir, wie viele Ecken eines hamiltonschen maximal planaren Graphen entfernt werden k¨onnen, so dass der restliche Graph noch hamiltonsch ist.

Im zweiten Teil dieser Arbeit wird die Existenz von Hamiltonkreisen in planaren Tri- angulationen untersucht. Eine planare Triangulation ist ein planarer Graph, in dessen Einbettung jedes Land – außer vielleicht das außere¨ – von einem Dreieck berandet wird. Es ist klar, dass jeder maximal planare Graph eine planare Triangulation ist. Im Jahr 1990 verallgemeinerte M.B. Dillencourt das Ergebnis von H. Whitney auf eine andere Weise. Dillencourt zeigte, dass eine 3–fach zusammenh¨angende planare Triangulation ohne tren- nende Dreiecke und ohne Sehnen hamiltonsch ist. In der vorliegenden Arbeit sehen wir, dass das Entfernen von Ecken eines hamiltonschen maximal planaren Graphen zu einigen interessanten Ergebnissen in der Klasse von 3–fach zusammenh¨angenden planaren Trian- gulationen fuhrt.¨ Wir zeigen, dass jede 3–fach zusammenh¨angende planare Triangulation mit h¨ochstens zwei trennenden Dreiecken hamiltonsch ist. Im Fall von mehr trennenden Dreiecken zeigen wir eine spezielle Struktur der Position der trennenden Dreiecke, welche ebenfalls Hamiltonkreise garantiert.

Im letzten Teil dieser Arbeit befassen wir uns mit einigen Anwendungen von hamilton- schen maximal planaren Graphen und planaren Triangulationen in der Computergrafik und in der Chemie. Lebenslauf

Name: Helden, Guido Geburtstag: 17. Oktober 1974 Geburtsort: Aachen Staatsangeh¨origkeit: deutsch Eltern: Hans-Peter Helden Maria Helden, geb. Roßkamp Familienstand: verheiratet Frau: Mira Helden, geb. Iliˆsevi´c Kinder: Ricarda Irina Helden Bastian Yannik Helden Schulausbildung:

08/1981 – 07/1985 Grundschule in Geilenkirchen 08/1985 – 06/1994 St. Ursula Gymnasium in Geilenkirchen

07/1994 – 09/1995 Zivildienst

Hochschulausbildung:

10/1995 – 03/2002 Studium der Mathematik an der RWTH Aachen Nebenfach: Wirtschaftswissenschaften 28.09.1998 Vordiplom 29.01.2002 Diplom Berufst¨atigkeit:

seit 03/2002 Doktorand und Wissenschaftlicher Angestellter am Lehrstuhl C fur¨ Mathematik, RWTH Aachen